Linear Way L

Description of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

C-Sleeve Linear Way L 

Linear Way L 

Linear Way E 

Low Decibel Linear Way E 

Linear Way H 

Linear Way F 

Linear Way U 

Linear Roller Way Super X 

Linear Roller Way X 

Linear Way Module 

Linear Roller Way H 

51

Features of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way are linear motion rolling guides which achieve 

endless linear motion of a slide unit along a track rail by re-circulating rolling elements 

inside the slide unit. Slide units and track rails are fixed on machines and equipment with 

mounting bolts, and a highly accurate linear motion can readily be obtained. 

As compared with other types of linear motion rolling guides, Linear Way and Linear Roller 

Way have the following features. 

1 

Lower manufacturing cost 

It is not necessary to prepare a guide plane on machines and equipment by heat treatment and surface 

finishing. A large reduction in man-hour and cost can be achieved in the design and manufacturing of 

linear motion rolling guide mechanism. 

2 

Large load capacity in any directions 

Loads in any directions can be received without making a complicated guide structure. A linear motion 

rolling guide mechanism can readily be obtained that can withstand moment load and complex load. 

52

3 

Wide range of selections for high degree of design freedom 

A wide range of variations in types and sizes makes it possible to select a model most suitable for the 

operating conditions. Size variations range from track rail width 2 mm to 100 mm. 

 

 

C 

C 0 

204N 

395N 

C 

C 0 

407 000N 

817 000N 

4 

High rigidity for achieving compact design of machines and equipment 

Because the track rail is firmly fixed on the mating mounting surface over its total length, high rigidity can 

be obtained in comparison with shaft type guides which may be affected by shaft bending. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

53

Features of Linear Way 

Linear Way features the design in which large diameter steel balls are arranged in two 

rows with each ball making four-point contact with the raceways, and has following 

advantages over other types. 

1 

Large load capacity in any directions 

The simple two-row raceway design makes it possible to incorporate large diameter steel balls for high 

load ratings. Loads in any directions can almost uniformly be received. 

Downward load 

Upward load 

Load Lateral 

Load acting on rolling elements in each loading direction 

2 

Excellent strength against moment load and complex load 

A large moment load capacity can be obtained, 

since the moment arm distance is long as 

shown in the figure. Load capacity under complex 

load is also large. 

When T0 moment is applied 

54

Four-point contact structure 

3 

High accuracy with simple structure 

The simple two-row raceway design minimizes the 

number of potential errors in manufacturing and 

measurement, and high dimensional accuracy of 

raceways can be obtained. 

Interchangeable specification products can be 

manufactured benefiting from this feature by 

rigorous control of the dimensional accuracy of 

individual slide units and track rails. 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Measurement of raceway accuracy 

4 

Smooth operation and low noise 

Smooth and quiet operation is achieved, because all raceway contours are precisely ground and the ball 

re-circulating routes are designed based on the analysis of optimal functional characteristics. 

5 

Accurate and simple installation 

Accurate parallel mounting of two track rails can 

be made by aligning the attendant rail to the 

datum rail. Because the rigidity in the lateral 

direction is high, frictional resistance of poorly 

aligned two rails will steeply increase giving a 

warning so that misalignment can be easily 

detected and corrected. Potential troubles due to 

misalignment during actual operation such as 

short life, degradation in guide accuracy can 

therefore be eliminated in advance. 

It is easy to butt-joint track rails to form longer 

lengths. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

55

Features of Linear Roller Way 

Linear Roller Way features the design in which four rows of cylindrical rollers are 

arranged in a highly rigid casing in a well balanced form. The rollers in each row are 

arranged in parallel to each other and not crossed alternately. These linear motion rolling 

guides achieve smooth motion with high rigidity, high accuracy and high reliability. 

1 

Super high rigidity 

Very high rigidity is achieved owing to the 

excellent elastic deformation characteristics of 

cylindrical rollers which give smaller elastic 

deformation under load as compared with steel 

balls, and, in addition, to a large number of 

cylindrical rollers incorporated in the slide unit. 

Elastic deformation 

Steel ball 

Cylindrical roller 

Load 

Comparison of rigidity 

between cylindrical roller and steel ball 

2 

Super high load capacity 

Cylindrical rollers give a larger contact area compared to steel balls, so higher load capacity is attainable 

when cylindrical rollers are used. Incorporating a large number of cylindrical rollers, Linear Roller Way 

has a very high load rating. 

Basic dynamic load rating [ N ] 

250 000 

LRX (Roller type) 

LWHB (Ball type) 

200 000 

150 000 

100 000 

50 000 

0 

15 20 25 30 35 45 55 

size 

Comparison of basic dynamic load ratings 

65 

Basic static load rating [ N ] 

450 000 

400 000 

350 000 

300 000 

250 000 

200 000 

150 000 

100 000 

50 000 

0 

15 

20 

25 

30 

LRX (Roller type) 

LWHB (Ball type) 

size 

Comparison of basic static load ratings 

35 

45 

55 

65 

Remark : The calculation formulas of rating life are different for roller type and ball type. Generally, if the values of basic dynamic load rating are 

the same, the life of the roller type is longer. 

56

Parallel arrangement 

3 

Excellent load balance and moment load capacity 

Cylindrical rollers are arranged in a well-balanced 

form so that they can uniformly withstand loads in 

all directions. In addition, rows are arranged in 

such a way that the moment arm distance 

between the loading points is large under T0 

moment. A high moment load capacity can be 

obtained. 

When T0 moment is applied 

4 

Excellent vibration characteristics 

As compared with ball types of the same size, these guides have higher rigidity and give smaller 

deformation under repeated fluctuating load. The natural frequency is high, and the vibration damping 

time is short. 

 

(Half amplitude) 

2f 0 t 

XInitial amplitude 

f 0 Natural frequency 

Damping factor 

tTime 

t 

Compliance 10 9 [ m / N ] 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

LRXG (Roller type) 

LWHG (Ball type) 

0 

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 

Time [ sec ] 

Vibration damping curve 

5 

High running performance 

The optimum design based on the analysis of roller re-circulation behavior achieves smooth and quiet 

motion. 

Remark : Features mentioned above are those of Linear Roller Way Super X and Linear Roller Way X which are the typical roller guides. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

57

Series of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

Series 

Reference page 

Long-Term Maintenance-Free series 

C-Sleeve Linear Way L 

This Linear Way incorporates the C-Sleeve as a component part for 

lubrication in Linear Way L. The lubricant contained in the C-Sleeve 

achieves long-term maintenance free operations, so the man-hours for 

troublesome lubrication control can be reduced. 

P.134 

Miniature Type Linear Way 

Linear Way L 

This is the smallest of the Linear Ways. 

Sizes with track rail width as small as 2mm and upward are made 

available owing to the simple and compact design of Linear Way. 

P.142 

Compact Type Linear Way 

Linear Way E 

Lower, narrower and shorter. Compactness has been pursued in every 

dimension. 

P.168 

Linear Way 

Low Decibel Linear Way 

Low Decibel Linear Way E 

Plastic separators are incorporated to eliminate direct contact between 

balls and thus achieve smooth and quiet motion. 

P.194 

High Rigidity Type Linear Way 

Linear Way H 

Incorporating large diameter steel balls as rolling elements, the 

product of this series has large load ratings. 

P.212 


and 

Linear Roller Way 

Wide Rail Type Linear Way 

Linear Way F 

As a wide track rail is used, a large moment load as well as a complex 

load can be received. This series is best suited to a single row rail 

arrangement, which provides a simple guide structure. 

P.248 

Linear Way U 

By adopting a U-shaped track rail, rigidity against moment and torsion 

is greatly improved. 

P.268 

Linear Roller Way Super X 

Cylindrical rollers are used as rolling elements, and arranged in four 

rows with the rollers in each row being aligned in parallel to each other. 

Excellent load carrying performance is obtained in all directions. The 

mounting dimensions of this series are interchangeable with those of 

Linear Way H, so these two series can be exchanged readily. 

P.280 


Linear Roller Way X 

P.310 

Linear Roller Way H 

P.334 

Linear Way Module 

Linear Way LM 

Linear Way M 

Linear Roller Way M 

The product of this series requires the smallest mounting space. A 

track rail and a slide member are designed as a set, and two sets are 

arranged in parallel for standard applications. 

P.322 

58 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

59

Interchangeable Specification 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way include interchangeable specification products. The 

track rails and the slide units of this specification can be handled separately and can be 

assembled to make a set as required. 

The interchangeable specification guides are produced with the original precision 

manufacturing technology, making the most of the guide designs: namely, the simple 

two-row raceway and four-point contact ball design of ball types, and the unique four-row 

raceway and parallel re-circulating roller design of roller types. The dimensional accuracy 

of both slide units and track rails is strictly controlled to achieve the interchangeability of 

higher standard. 

Interchangeable 

A new product selection system is offered, 

in which slide units and track rails can be 

selected separately, as and when required !! 

Wide range of variations 

The models for which the interchangeable specification is applicable are indicated by an asterisk () in 

the table of dimensions of each series. 


(page 142 to page 167) 

8 types and 45 models 













60

Features of interchangeable specification products [1] 

Interchangeable slide unit 

Various types of slide units with different sectional shapes and lengths are 

prepared. All of these slide units can be freely mounted on the same track 

rail. 

Track rails can be butt-jointed for use.( 1 ) 

Shape of slide unit 

Flange type mounted from the lower side 

Length of slide unit 

Short slide unit 

Flange type mounted from the upper side 

Standard slide unit 

Block type mounted from the upper side 

High rigidity long slide unit 

Track rail 

Note( 1 ) : When butt-jointing track rails are required, place an order specifying "butt-jointing interchangeable track rail" of special specification. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

61


Interchangeable with high accuracy 

Three accuracy classes, Ordinary, High and Precision are prepared for the 

interchangeable specification products so that these products can be used for 

applications requiring high running accuracy. 

Height variation among multiple sets is also controlled at a high accuracy level, 

ensuring that these products can be used for parallel track rail arrangement. 

Standard accuracy specifications : up to Precision class 

Tolerances of Dimensions H and N 

Tolerances of Dimensions H and N in one set 

Parallelism in operation of plane C to plane A 

Parallelism in operation of plane D to plane B 

C 

H 

A 

D 

B 

N 

Parallel arrangement of multiple sets using standard specification products 

The dimensional variation of H among multiple sets is specified. 

62


Interchangeable with preload 

High accuracy dimensional control owing to a simple structure has made it 

possible to realize the interchangeability among preloaded slide units. 

In the interchangeable specification products, several preload types are 

prepared so that these products can be used for applications requiring one 

step higher rigidity. 

High accuracy dimensional control realizing heavy preload 

Slide units with the same preload symbol are interchangeable for achieving high rigidity 

40 

Deflectionm 

30 

20 

10 

LRX45 T2 preload 

LRX45 T3 preload 

0 

0 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 

Load N 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

63

Long-Term Maintenance Free Linear Motion Rolling Guide Series 

Long-Term Maintenance Free Linear Motion Rolling Guide series can reduce the manhours 

for troublesome lubrication control and achieve long-term maintenance free 

operations (5 years or 20,000 km). 

C-Sleeve Linear Way L series featuring the C-Sleeve built in the slide unit and Linear 

Motion Rolling Guide series with Capillary Plate featuring the Capillary plates assembled 

on both ends of the slide unit are available. 

Long-term maintenance free series 


U.S. PATENT No. 5,435,649 

No. 5,289,779 

No. 5,250,126 

No. 4,505,522 

Built-in 

A new design concept first in the world 

The C-Sleeve (Capillary Sleeve) is a 

component part for lubrication originally 

developed by . It has a tubular form 

(sleeve) and is built in the ball recirculation 

route of the slide unit. It is 

made by sintering fine resin powder and 

impregnating a large amount of lubricant 

into its continuous open pores. 

Texture of C-Sleeve (200) 

64

Features of C-Sleeve Linear Way L 

Long-term 

maintenance free 

The lubricant in the C-Sleeve keeps the lubrication performance for a long period of time 

and achieves long-term maintenance free operations (5 years or 20,000km). So manhours 

for troublesome lubrication control can be reduced. 

Lightweight 

and 

compact 

The C-Sleeve is incorporated in the lightweight and compact slide unit of miniature type 

Linear Way L series without changing the external dimensions of the slide unit. 

Smooth 

and 

light motion 

As the C-Sleeve is not in contact with the track rail, frictional resistance does not 

increase. A smooth and light linear motion is ensured. 

Clean 

The low dust generating specification is suitable for applications in clean rooms, etc. 

Consult for further information. 

Stainless steel made 

The metal components are manufactured from corrosion resistant stainless steel. So this 

series is most suitable for use in clean rooms and also for applications where the use of 

lubricants and rust preventive oil should be avoided or kept to a minimum. 

Ball retained type 

The slide unit incorporates ball retaining bands, which prevent steel balls from dropping 

when the slide unit is separated from the track rail. So handling is easy. 

Long-term maintenance free series 

Linear Motion Rolling Guide series with Capillary Plate 

The Capillary plate is assembled inside the end 

seal of the slide unit or external cylinder and 

makes uniform contact with the raceways of track 

rail or spline shaft. 

When the slide unit or external cylinder is stroked, 

lubrication oil impregnated in the Capillary plate is 

continuously fed to the raceways, keeping stable 

lubrication for long periods of time. So, long-term 

maintenance free operations can be achieved. 

The Capillary plate is applicable to Linear Way, 

Linear Roller Way and Linear Ball Spline. 

U.S. PATENT No. 6,190,046 

No. 6,176,617 

No. 6,082,899 

No. 5,967,667 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

65

Stainless Series 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way include products in which stainless steel is used for 

product components. Stainless steel components are more resistant to corrosion than high 

carbon steel components, so these products are most suitable for applications where the use 

of oil or grease (including rust preventive oil) should be avoided or kept to a minimum. 

The stainless series is suitable for use in clean rooms and can be used with Clean 

Grease to minimize dust generation. 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Casing 

Under seal 

Steel ball 

Ball retaining band 

End plate 

End seal 

Grease nipple 

Material 

Part 

Track rail 

Casing 

Steel ball 


End plate 

End seal 

Grease nipple 

Material 

Martensitic stainless steel 



Austenitic stainless steel 

Functional synthetic resin 

Austenitic stainless steel + Synthetic rubber 

Brass 

66

Series 




This Linear Way incorporates the C-Sleeve as a component part for 

lubrication in Linear Way L. The lubricant contained in the C-Sleeve 

achieves long-term maintenance free operations, so the man-hours 

for troublesome lubrication control can be reduced. 

P.134 



This is the smallest in the Linear Ways. This product is suitable 

for use in machines or equipment in clean rooms. Models with 

various track rail widths from as small as 2 mm are lined up. 

P.142 






This is a compact type in comparison with Linear Way H and can be 

used for general purpose applications. 

This type features large load ratings and high rigidity. 

P.168 

P.212 



Being a wide rail type, it can support a large moment load acting 

around the axial direction, and it is also suitable for single row rail 

arrangement. 

P.248 




Super X 

By adopting a U-shaped track rail, rigidity against moment and 

torsion is greatly improved. 

For its rolling elements, this product employs cylindrical rollers, 

which provide very high rigidity and high accuracy. 

P.268 

P.280 

When combined with the following special specifications, Stainless series 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way will provide a specification more suitable for 

each application. 

Low Dust Generation Grease for Clean Environment CG2 

Stainless Steel End Plate 

/BS 

/YCG 

When using Linear Way or Linear Roller Way in a clean environment, pollution due to spattering of grease must 

be avoided. 

Clean Environment Grease is a low dust generation grease consisting of a urea type thickener and a 

synthetic base oil and keeps environmental pollution in clean rooms to a minimum. This grease achieves the 

low level of dust generation equivalent to that of vacuum grease which is generally used for low dust generation, 

and much superior lubrication and rust prevention performances compared to vacuum grease. 

A steel end plate (austenitic stainless steel) is used in place of the synthetic resin end plate of the standard 

specification. Linear Way and Linear Roller Way of this specification can be used in high vacuum and its heat 

resistance is improved as well. When placing an order for this item, specify it together with the special 

specification "With no end seal" (/N). A change in grease type to vacuum or heat-resistant grease should also 

be considered. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

67

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way for Special Environment 

To meet requirements in various environmental conditions, Linear Way and Linear 

Roller Way must be modified in terms of their material, lubricating grease, surface 

treatment, dust protection methods, etc. 

General fields of application and principal methods in special environments are shown 

below. 

Clean Environment 

When Linear Way and Linear Roller Way are used 

in clean environments such as a clean room, the 

environment must not be polluted by the dust 

generated from them, and also superior corrosion 

resistance is required for them, since rust 

preventive oil cannot be used. 

Dust generation from Linear Way and Linear 

Roller Way is mainly caused by lubricant 

spattering, which can be avoided by using low 

dust generation grease for clean environment. 

As a corrosion prevention measure, Stainless 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way can be used or 

black chrome surface treatment can be performed 

to improve corrosion resistance. 

Corrosion prevention 

Stainless Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

Black chrome surface treatment 

Fluorine black chrome surface treatment 

Lubricant spatter protection 

Low dust generation grease 

for clean environment 

Vacuum Environment 

When Linear Way and Linear Roller Way are used 

in vacuum environments, the environment must 

not be polluted and the degree of vacuum must 

not be lowered by the gas emitted from them, and 

also superior corrosion resistance is required for 

them, since rust preventive oil cannot be used. 

Gases emitted from synthetic resin components 

and lubricant spatters are the main causes of 

pollution. Components and lubricant must be 

properly selected as a preventive measure. 

Corrosion resistance will be improved by using 

Stainless Linear Way and Linear Roller Way. 

Corrosion 

and gas emission prevention 

Stainless Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

Stainless steel end plate 

Lubricant 

Vacuum grease 

68

High Temperature 

When Linear Way is used at high temperature, 

heat resistance of synthetic resin components and 

steel components must be examined, and special 

measures must be taken, if necessary. 

Stainless Linear Way with stainless steel end 

plates of special specification can be used 

together with high temperature grease. 

Material 

Stainless Linear Way 

Stainless steel end plate 

Seal for special environment 

Lubricant 

High temperature grease 

Dust Protection 

If foreign matter such as metal or wooden chips 

fall onto the raceways of Linear Way and Linear 

Roller Way, the life or accuracy of these guides 

may be affected adversely. Therefore, measures 

must be taken to prevent intrusion of foreign 

matter. 

Bellows covering the entire linear motion 

mechanism is effective for dust protection. Also, 

double end seals are often used to protect the 

guides from intrusion of foreign matter. As dust 

accumulated in mounting holes may intrude into 

the slide unit and attach to the raceways, 

mounting holes can be covered using caps or rail 

cover plates. 

High sealing performance 


Linear Way H Ultra Sealed Type 

Sealing 

Double end seals 

Scrapers 

Track rail mounting hole 

Caps 

Rail cover plate 

Bellows 

Specially prepared bellows 

Female threads for bellows 

Spatter Protection 

Hot welding spatters adhering firmly on track rails 

cannot be removed by ordinary dust protection 

measures. Special measures for preventing 

adhesion and removing adhered spatters are 

necessary. 

Welding spatters and similar foreign substances 

can be removed easily by applying fluorine black 

chrome surface treatment and providing a scraper 

at the same time. 

Spatter adhesion protection 


Sealing 

Scrapers 

Dust protection 

Caps (aluminum caps) 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

69

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way for Special Environment 

For applications in special environments requiring high 

corrosion resistance and high sealing performance, 

provides Linear Way and Linear Roller Way for special 

environment as follows. 

Series 



Stainless standard product 


P.134 



Stainless standard product 

P.142 



Stainless specification product 

P.168 


and 


for 

Special Environment 

Rust prevention 

Stainless steel components are 

used in place of common steel 

components for improving 

corrosion resistance. 









P.212 

P.248 

P.268 



P.280 

High sealing 

specification 

Precision grinding is applied to 

the entire contour surfaces of the 

track rail for improving the 

sealing performance. 


Ultra sealed specification product 


Standard product, Size 25 and upward 

P.212 

P.280 

70 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

71

Optional Special Specifications for Special Environment 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way with the following special specifications are available 

for various special environment applications. For details of supplemental codes, see page 83. 

Dust protection 

With caps for rail mounting holes /F 

The caps prevent dust and other harmful foreign 

matter from accumulating in rail mounting holes 

and intruding into the slide unit. 

Aluminum caps are also available. Consult 

for further information. 

Rail cover plate /PS 

The top surface of the track rail is completely 

covered with a rail cover plate to prevent intrusion 

of foreign matter into the slide unit from track rail 

mounting holes. 

U.S. PATENT No. 5,622,433 

Cap 

(Made from synthetic resin) 

The double end seals improve the dust protection 

performance. 

Spacer plate 

(Thin type) 

With double end seals /V 

End plate 

Spacer plate 

(Thin type) 

With scrapers /Z 

Scrapers are mounted on the outside of end seals 

to remove large particles of dust or foreign matter 

that deposit on the track rail. 

End plate 

End seal 

Scraper 

End seal 

With female threads for bellows /J 

Female threads for attaching bellows are provided 

at the ends of the slide unit and track rail. 

Bellows(available product) 

This is a covering for dust protection to cover the 

exposed part of the track rail. 



72

Lubrication 

Corrosion prevention 

Capillary plate /Q Black chrome surface treatment /L 

Re-lubrication interval can be made longer and 

maintenance time and cost can be saved by 

incorporating this lubrication part. 

U.S. PATENT No. 6,190,046 

No. 6,176,617 

No. 6,082,899 

No. 5,967,667 

A black chrome permeable film is formed on the 

track rail or slide unit surface to improve corrosion 

resistance. 

Fluorine black chrome surface treatment /LF 

Fluorine resin coating is performed on top of the 

black chrome permeable film for further 

improvement in corrosion resistance. This 

treatment also effectively prevents foreign matter 

from adhering to the surface. 

U.S. PATENT No. 5,564,188 

No. 5,374,126 

Others 

Clean Environment Grease CG2 

This grease is used for low dust generation in 

clean rooms. Tube type TG120/CG2 (120g) and 

miniature grease injector type MG10/CG2 (10g) 

are available. 

With stainless steel end plates /BS 

The end plates are replaced with stainless steel 

end plates. 

With seals for special environment /RE 

The end seals and under seals are changed to 

seals for special environment that can be used at 

high temperatures. For use at high temperatures, 

this specification is combined with the 

specification "with stainless steel end plates" 

(/BS) and/or "specified grease" (/YCG). 

Others 

When special grease is required for vacuum or 

high temperature, consult for information. 

The photo shows a combined specification of "with seals for special 

environment" (/RE) and "with stainless steel end plates" (/BS). 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

73

Identification Number 

Identification numbers of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way consist of a model code, a size, a part code, 

a material symbol, a preload symbol, a classification symbol, an interchangeable code, and any supplemental 

codes. Examples of identification numbers are shown below. For details of specifications, see the 

description of each series. 

Interchangeable specification 

Slide unit LWESG 25 C1 SL T1 P S1 /U 

Track rail 

Assembled set 

LWE 25 R640 SL P S1 /F 

LWESG 25 C2 R640 SL 

T1 

P S1 /FU 

Non-interchangeable specification 

Assembled set 

LWESG 

25 

C2 

R640 

SL 

T1 

P 

/FU 

Model code 

ML 

 

LWLC … B LWL … B LWLG … B 

LWLC … N LWL … NLWLG … N 

LWLFC … B LWLF … B LWLFG … B 

LWLFC … N LWLF … N LWLFG … N 

LWLC LWL 

LWLFC LWLF 

LWEC LWE LWEG 

LWETC LWET LWETG 

LWESC LWES LWESG 

LWHDC 

LWE … Q 

LWET … Q 

LWES … Q 

LWH … BLWHG 

LWHT … BLWHTG 

LWHD … BLWHDG 

LWHS … BLWHSG 

LWHY 

LWFH 

LWFF 

LWFS 

LWUL … B 

LWU … B 

LWU 

LRXC LRX LRXG 

LRXDC LRXD LRXDG 

LRWX … B 

LRWXH 

LWLM 

LWM 

LRWM 

Size 

Size 

Material symbol 

No symbol 

CS 

SL 

Preload symbol 

Tc 

T0 

No symbol 

T1 

T2 

T3 

Classification 

symbol 

No symbol 

H 

P 

SP 

UP 


code 

No symbol 

S1 

S2 

Supplemental 

code 

A 

BS 

C 

D 

E 

F 

GE 

HP 

 

J 

L 

LF 

M 

N 

PS 

Q 

RE 

S 

T 

U 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

Part code 

Number of slide units 

Length of track rail 

74

For Ordering 

When ordering assembled sets of Linear Way or Linear Roller Way, indicate the number of sets which is 

always represented by the number of track rails. For ordering the slide units and track rails of interchangeable 

specification separately, indicate the number of slide units and track rails, respectively. Examples of ordering 

are shown below. 


Slide unit 

(for two units) 

Track rail 

(for one rail) 

Ordering example 

LWESG 25 C1 SL T1 P S1 /U 


Only "C1" meaning one slide 

unit can be indicated. 

LWE 25 R640 SL P S1 /F 

Order quantity 

units 


rail 

 

(for one set) 


LWESG 25 C2 R640 SL T1 P S1 /FU 


set 


 


(for one set) 

LWESG 25 C2 R640 SL T1 P /FU 


set 

Matched sets to be used as an assembled group (supplemental code) 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 


LRX 45 C2 R1260 T3 SP /W2 


sets 

(for one group consisting of two sets) 



LWM 2 M2 R480 P /W2 


sets 

(for one group consisting of two sets) 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

75

Load Rating 

The load ratings of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way are defined for downward load. Summarized 

descriptions of load ratings are given below. For details of load rating definitions and load calculations, see 

"General description". 

Basic dynamic load rating C 

The basic dynamic load rating is defined as the constant load both in direction and magnitude under which a 

group of identical Linear Ways or Linear Roller Ways are individually operated and 90% of the units in the 

group can travel 5010 3 meters free from material damage due to rolling contact fatigue. 

Basic static load rating C0 

The basic static load rating is defined as the static load that gives a 

prescribed constant contact stress at the center of the contact area 

between the rolling element and raceway receiving the maximum load. 

CC0 

Fig. 1 Direction of load rating 

Static moment rating T0TXTY 

The static moment rating is defined as the static moment load that gives a prescribed constant contact 

stress at the center of the contact area between the rolling element and raceway receiving the maximum 

load when a moment is loaded. 

T0 TX TY 

Fig. 2 Static moment rating direction 

76

Accuracy 

Five classes of accuracy, Ordinary, High, Precision, Super Precision, and Ultra Precision are specified for 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way. Table 1 summarizes applicable accuracy classes for each series, 

and Tables 2.1 to 2.4 show accuracy of each series. For details of applicable classes, see the description of 

each series. 

For the accuracy of series other than those shown in Table 2, consult for further information. 

Table 1 Accuracy classes 

Series 





Linear Way H( 1 ) 






Classification (symbol) 

Ordinary 

(No symbol) 

High 

H 

Precision 

P 

Super Precision 

SP 

Ultra Precision 

UP 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : For the size 8 to 12 models, the classification for Linear Way L is applicable. 

Remark : In the table, the mark indicates that it is also applicable to interchangeable specification products. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

77

Table 2.1 Accuracy of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

C 

H 

A 

D 

B 

N 

Item 


(symbol) 

Dim. H tolerance 

Dim. N tolerance 

Dim. variation of H ( 1 ) 

Dim. variation of N ( 1 ) 

Dim. variation of H for multiple assembled sets ( 2 ) 

Parallelism in operation of C to A 

Parallelism in operation of D to B 

Ordinary 

(No symbol) 

High 

 

Precision 

 


 


 

0.080 0.040 0.020 0.010 0.008 

0.100 0.050 0.025 0.015 0.010 

0.025 0.015 0.007 0.005 0.003 

0.030 0.020 0.010 0.007 0.003 

0.045 0.035 0.025 

See Fig.3.1. 

See Fig. 3.1. 

unit : mm 

Note( 1 ) : It means the size variation between slide units mounted on the same track rail. 

( 2 ) : It applies to the interchangeable specification products. 

Remark 1 : The accuracy of C-Sleeve Linear Way L, Linear Way L and the size 8 to 12 models of Linear Way H is shown in Table 2.2. 

2 : The accuracy of Linear Way U is shown in Table 2.3. 

3 : The accuracy of Linear Way Module is shown in Table 2.4. 

40 

40 

Parallelism 

30 

20 

10 

Ordinary, HighH 

PrecisionP 

Super PrecisionSP 

Parallelism 

30 

20 

10 

HighH 

PrecisionP 


Ultra PrecisionUP 

0 

0 1000 2000 3000 

Length of track railL 


0 

0 1000 2000 3000 



Fig. 3.1 Parallelism in operation of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

78

Table 2.2 Accuracy of Linear Way L 

C 

H 

A 

N 

D B 

Item 



Dim. variation of H( 1 ) 

Dim. variation of N( 1 ) 


(Symbol) 

Dim. variation of H for multiple assembled sets ( 2 ) 



High 

H 

Precision 

P 

0.020 0.010 

0.025 0.015 

0.015 0.007 

0.020 0.010 

0.030 0.020 

See Fig. 3.2. 

See Fig. 3.2. 

unit : mm 

Note( 1 ) :It means the size variation between slide units mounted on the same 

track rail. 

( 2 ) : It applies to the interchangeable specification products. 

Remark :The accuracy given in this table also applies to C-Sleeve Linear Way L 

and the size 8 to 12 models of Linear Way H. 

30 

30 

Parallelism 

20 

10 

HighH 

PrecisionP 

Parallelism 

20 

10 

HighH 

PrecisionP 

0 

0 500 1000 1500 2000 


Linear Way L Interchangeable specification 

0 

0 500 1000 1500 2000 


Linear Way L Non-interchangeable specification 

Fig. 3.2 Parallelism in operation of Linear Way L 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

79

Table 2.3 Accuracy of Linear Way U 

unit : mm 

D 

N 

B 

C 

Item 




(Symbol) 

Ordinary 

(No symbol) 

High 

H 

0.100 0.050 

0.100 0.050 


0.050 0.040 

Dim. variation of N( 1 ) 

0.050 0.040 

H 


See Fig. 3.3. 

A 


See Fig. 3.3. 

Note( 1 ) : It means the size variation between slide units mounted on the same 

track rail. 

30 

25 

Parallelism 

20 

15 

10 

5 

0 

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 


Fig. 3.3 Parallelism in operation of Linear Way U 

80

Table 2.4 Accuracy of Linear Way Module 

HL 

A 

H 

W 

A 

B 

WL 

B 

unit : mm 

Classification High 

Precision 

(symbol) 

Item 

H P 


Dim. W tolerance 


Dim. variation of W( 1 ) 

Parallelism of track rail 

H 

See Figs. 3.4 and 3.5. 

Parallelism of track rail 

W 

See Figs. 3.4 and 3.5. 

Note( 1 ) :It means the size variation between slide members mounted on the same track rail. 


SP 

0.040 0.020 0.010 

0.050 0.025 0.015 

0.015 0.007 0.005 

0.020 0.010 0.007 

40 

40 

ParallelismH 

30 

20 

10 

HighH 

PrecisionP 


ParallelismW 

 

30 

20 

10 

HighH,PrecisionP 


0 

0 1000 2000 3000 

0 

0 1000 2000 3000 



Parallelism H 

Parallelism W 

Fig. 3.4 Parallelism of Linear Way M and Linear Roller Way M 

15 

15 

ParallelismH 

10 

5 

HighH 

PrecisionP 


ParallelismW 

 

10 

5 

HighH,PrecisionP 


0 

0 200 400 600 800 


Parallelism H 

Fig. 3.5 Parallelism of Linear Way LM 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 


Parallelism W 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

81

Preload 

The average amount of preload for Linear Way and Linear Roller Way is shown in Table 3. When both 

rigidity and vibration characteristics are important, the standard preload amount is 1/3 of the applied load for 

Linear Way and 1/2 for Linear Roller Way. 

A summary of applicable preload types is shown in Table 4. For details, see the description of each series. 

Table 3 Preload amount 

Preload type 

Item 

Symbol 

Preload amount 

 

Application 

Clearance 

Standard 

Tc 

T0 

(No symbol) 

0 1 

0 2 

0 3 

Very smooth motion 

To absorb slight misalignment 

Very smooth motion 

Smooth and precise motion 

Light preload 

T1 

0.02C 0 

Minimum vibration 

Load is evenly balanced. 

Smooth and precise motion 

Medium preload 

T2 

0.05C 0 

Medium vibration 

Medium overhung load 

Heavy preload 

T3 

0.08C 0 

Vibration and/or shocks 

Large overhung load 

Heavy cutting 

Note( 1 ) : Clearance of about 10m 

( 2 ) : Zero or minimal amount of clearance 

( 3 ) : Zero or minimal amount of preload 

Remark : C0 means the basic static load rating. 

Table 4 Preload type 

Series 










Preload type (Symbol) 

Clearance 

TC 

Clearance 

T0 

Standard 

(No symbol) 

Light preload 

T1 

Note( 1 ) : It applies to size 8 to 12 models. 



T2 

Heavy preload 

T3 

 

 

 

 

1 

 

 

 

 

82

Special Specifications 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way of the special specifications shown in Table 5 are available. In some 

cases, however, special specifications may not be applicable. For details, see the description of each series. 

When a special specification is required, add the applicable supplemental code to the end of the identification 

number. When a combination of several special specifications is required, arrange their supplemental codes in 

alphabetical order. 

Table 5 Special specifications for Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

Special specification 

Butt-jointing track rails 

(Non-interchangeable specification) 

Stainless steel end plates 

Supplemental 

code 

A 

BS 

C-Sleeve 

Linear 

Way L 




Way E 

Low 

Decibel 


Way E 


Way H 


Way F 


Way U 

Linear Roller 

Way Super X 

Linear Roller 

Way X 


Way M( 1 ) 

 

 

 

Chamfered reference surface 

Opposite reference surfaces 

arrangement 

Specified rail mounting hole 

positions 

Caps for rail mounting holes 

Changed pitch of slide unit 

middle mounting holes 

Half pitch of track rail 

mounting holes 

Inspection sheet 




Fluorine black chrome 

surface treatment 

Change of mounting hole 

and female thread sizes 

No end seal 



Capillary plate 


Seal for special environment 

Track rail with stopper pins 


Butt-jointing interchangeable track rail 

(Interchangeable specification) 

Under seals 


Matched sets to be used as 

an assembled group 

Specified grease 

Scrapers 

C 

D 

E 

F 

GE 

HP 

 

J 

L 

LF 

M 

N 

PS 

Q 

RE 

S 

T 

U 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : Including Linear Way LM and Linear Roller Way M. 

Remark 1 : The mark indicates that interchangeable specification products are available. 

2 : For the details of special specifications applicable to each series and combinations of special specifications, see the description of 

each series. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

83

Butt-jointing track rails A 

4A1 

4A1 

4A2 

4A2 

4B1 4B1 4B2 

4B2 

When the required length of non-interchangeable specification track rail exceeds the maximum length 

indicated in the description of each series, two or more track rails can be used by butt-jointing them in 

the direction of linear motion. For the length and the number of butt-jointing track rails, consult for 

further information. 

With stainless steel end plates BS 

Stainless 

steel end plate 


CCC 

Chamfer on the slide unit 

Chamfer on the track rail 

The standard synthetic resin end plates are 

replaced with stainless steel end plates, 

keeping the total length of slide unit 

unchanged. 

When superior heat resistance is required, it is 

recommended to apply this specification in 

combination with the "with no end seal (/N)" 

specification. 

Chamfering is additionally made at the edges 

of reference mounting surfaces of slide unit 

and track rail. 

For the corner radius of mating mounting 

parts, see Table 20.2 on page 112. 

/C 

Chamfering is additionally made at the edge of 

reference mounting surface of track rail. 

/CC 

Chamfering is additionally made at the edges 

of reference mounting surfaces of slide unit 

and track rail. 

Opposite reference surfaces arrangement D 

Reference mounting surface of slide unit 

N 

Reference mounting surface of track rail 

The reference mounting surface of track rail is made opposite to the standard side. The accuracy of 

dimension N including parallelism in operation is the same with that of standard specification. 

84

Specified rail mounting hole positions 

E 

With caps for rail mounting holes F 

Cap 

(Synthetic resin made) 

E 

mark 

The mounting hole positions of track rail can 

be specified by specifying dimension E at the 

left end, which is the distance from the 

mounting hole nearest to the left end of the 

track rail to the left end face of the track rail in 

sight of mark on the slide unit. 

When ordering, add the dimension (in mm) 

after "/E". 

Dimension E can be specified in a limited 

range. Consult for further information. 

Specially prepared caps for track rail mounting 

holes are appended. These caps cover the 

track rail mounting holes to improve the 

sealing performance in the linear motion 

direction. Aluminum caps are also available. 


Changed pitch of slide unit 

middle mounting holesGE 

L2 

Half pitch of track rail 

E F 

mounting holesHP 

L2 

L6 

The pitch length between the two middle 

mounting holes of slide unit of Linear Roller 

Way Super X is changed. For this dimension, 

see the description of each series. 

E/2 F/2 

The pitch of the track rail mounting holes is 

changed to 1/2 of the dimension F of standard 

type. Track rail mounting bolts are appended 

in the same number as that of mounting holes. 


The inspection sheet recording dimensions H and N, dimensional variations of H and N, and parallelism 

in operation of the slide unit (or slide member) is attached for each set. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

85

With female threads for bellows (for single slide unit or track rail)JJRJL 


Slide unit 


Track rail 

Female threads for mounting bellows are 

provided on the interchangeable slide unit or 

the interchangeable track rail. For details of 

related dimensions, see the description of each 

series. 

J 





Female threads are provided at both ends of the slide unit or the track rail. 

JR 


mark 

Female threads are provided at the right end of the slide unit in sight of 

mark. 

JL 


mark 

Female threads are provided at the left end of the slide unit in sight of 

mark. 

86

With female threads for bellows (for assembled set)JJJJRJSJJS 



For an assembled set of interchangeable or 

non-interchangeable specification, female 

threads for mounting bellows are provided on 

the slide unit and the track rail. For details of 

related dimensions, see the description of each 

series. 

J 





Female threads are provided at both ends of the track rail, and at the slide unit ends which are the closest to the 

track rail ends. (In case only one slide unit is assembled, female threads are provided at both ends.) 

JJ 






Female threads are provided at both ends of the track rail, and at all ends of all slide units. (Applicable, when the 

number of slide units is two or more. In case only one slide unit is assembled, indicate "/J".) 

JR 



Female threads are provided at both ends of the track rail. 

JS 



Female threads are provided at the slide unit ends which are the closest to the track rail ends. (In case only one 

slide unit is assembled, female threads are provided at both ends.) 

JJS 

 




Female threads are provided at all ends of all slide units. (Applicable, when the number of slide units is two or 

more. In case only one slide unit is assembled, indicate "/JS".) 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

87


LCLRLCR 

After forming a black permeable chrome film, 

the surface is coated with acrylic resin for 

improvement in corrosion resistance. 

LC 

Treatment is applied to the casing. 

LR 

Treatment is applied to the track rail. 

LCR 

 

Treatment is applied to the casing and the 

track rail. 


LFCLFRLFCR 

After forming a black permeable chrome film, 

the surface is coated with fluorine resin for 

further improvement in corrosion resistance. 

This treatment is also effective in preventing the 

adhesion of foreign substances on the surface. 

LFC 

 

U.S. PATENT NO. 5,564,188 

NO. 5,374,126 

Treatment is applied to the casing. 

LFR 

 

Treatment is applied to the track rail. 

LFCR 

 

Treatment is applied to the casing and the 

track rail. 

Change of mounting hole size and female thread sizeM2M3M4 

nM1depth 

h 

d4 

L2 

The size of the female threads for mounting the 

slide unit or the size of the track rail mounting 

hole is changed. For dimensions, see the 

description of each series. 

M2 

d3 

The female threads for mounting the LWL5 slide unit are changed to M2. 

M3 

The female threads for mounting LWL9 and LWL12 slide units are changed to M3, and the track rail 

mounting holes are changed to holes for M3. 

The female threads for mounting LWLF14 and LWLF18 slide units are changed to M3. 

M4 

The track rail mounting holes for M3 of LWE15 are changed to holes for M4. 

No end sealN 

End pressure plate 

End pressure plate 

End seals at both ends of slide unit are replaced 

by end pressure plates (not in contact with the 

track rail) to reduce frictional resistance. The 

under seals are not assembled. 

This specification is not effective for dust 

protection. 

88

Rail cover platePS 

U.S. PATENT NO. 5,622,433 


After mounting the track rail, the top surface of 

track rail is covered with a U-shaped thin 

stainless steel plate for further improvement in 

sealing performance. The rail cover plate is 

delivered as assembled on the track rail. 

Standard end seals must be replaced with the 

special end seals. 

When mounting the cover plate, refer to the 

attached instruction manual for rail cover plate. 

Capillary plateQ 

U.S. PATENT NO. 6,190,046 

NO. 6,176,617 

NO. 6,082,899 

NO. 5,967,667 

Track rail with stopper pinsS 

Stopper pin Stopper pin 



To prevent the slide unit of Linear Way L from 

slipping off, a stopper pin is provided at both 

ends of the track rail. For related dimensions, 

see the description of Linear Way L. 

The capillary plate is assembled inside the end 

seal of the slide unit. It is impregnated with 

lubricant so that re-lubrication interval can be 

made longer. For the total length of the slide 

unit with capillary plate, see the description of 

each series. 

Seal for special environment RE 

The standard end seals and under seals are 

changed to seals for special environment that 

can be used at high temperature. 

Butt-jointing interchangeable track rail (for interchangeable specification) T 

A special interchangeable track rail of which both ends are finished for butt-jointing is provided. 

Use the track rails having the same interchangeable code for butt-jointing. For the non-interchangeable 

specification, indicate "butt-jointing track rail (/A)". 

With under sealsU 

U.S. PATENT NO. 5,464,288 

NO. 5,356,223 

NO. 5,324,116 

NO. 5,306,089 

NO. 5,209,575 

H1 

To prevent foreign substances intruding from 

the lower side of Linear Way, seals are provided 

on the bottom faces of slide unit. For size H1, 


Under seal 

Under seal 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

89

With double end seals (for single slide unit)VVRVL 

Double end seals are provided on the interchangeable slide unit for more effective dust protection. For 

the total length of the slide unit with double end seals, see the description of each series. 

V 

Double end seals are provided at both ends of the slide unit. 

VR 

Double end seals are provided at the right end of the slide unit in sight of 

VL 

Double end seals are provided at the left end of the slide unit in sight of 

mark. 

mark. 

With double end seals (for assembled set)VVV 

End seal 

Spacer 

End seal 

Double end seals are provided on the slide 

unit of assembled set of interchangeable 

specification or non-interchangeable specification 

for more effective dust protection. For the 

total length of the slide unit with double end 

seals, see the description of each series. 

V 

Double end seals are provided at the ends 

of slide units which are the closest to the 

ends of the track rail. (In case only one 

slide unit is assembled, double end seals 

are provided at both ends.) 

VV 

Double end seals are provided at all ends 

of all slide units. (Applicable when the 

number of slide units is two or more. In 

case only one slide unit is assembled, 

indicate "/V".) 

H 

Matched sets to be used as an assembled groupW 

H 

Specified greaseYCGYBRYNG 

The type of pre-packed grease in the slide unit 

can be changed by a supplemental code. 

Set a 

Set b 

For two or more sets of Linear Way or Linear 

Roller Way used on the same plane, the 

dimensional variation of H of Linear Way or 

Linear Roller Way is kept within the specified 

range. 

The dimensional variation of dimension H in 

matched sets is the same as that of a single 

set. 

Indicate the number of sets after "/W". 

YCG 

 

Low Dust Generation Grease for Clean 

Environment CG2 is pre-packed. 

YBR 

 

MOLYCOTE BR2 Plus Grease (Dow 

Corning) is pre-packed. 

YNG 

 

No grease is pre-packed. 

90

With scrapers (for single slide unit)ZZRZL 

Metal scrapers are provided on the slide unit of interchangeable specification. The scraper (noncontact 

type) is used to effectively remove large particles of dust or foreign matter adhering to the track 

rail. For the total length of the slide unit with scrapers, see the description of each series. 

Z 

Scrapers are provided at both ends of the slide unit. 

ZR 

A scraper is provided at the right end of the slide unit in sight of 

ZL 

A scraper is provided at the left end of the slide unit in sight of 

mark. 

mark. 

With scrapers (for assembled set)ZZZ 

Metal scrapers are provided on the slide unit 

of assembled set of interchangeable specification 

or non-interchangeable specification. 

The scraper (non-contact type) is used to 

effectively remove large particles of dust or 

foreign matter adhering to the track rail. For 

the total length of the slide unit with scrapers, 


Scraper 

Spacer 

End seal 

Z 

Scrapers are provided at the ends of slide 

units which are the closest to the ends of 

the track rail. (In case only one slide unit is 

assembled, scrapers are provided at both 

ends.) 

ZZ 

Scrapers are provided at all ends of all 

slide units. (Applicable when the number 

of slide units is two or more. In case only 

one slide unit is assembled, indicate "/Z".) 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

91

Lubrication and Dust Protection 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way are most generally lubricated with grease, which allows for easy 

lubrication control. A grease nipple for grease replenishment is provided on each slide unit of Linear Way and 

Linear Roller Way of standard specification (except some models). Parts such as piping joints are also 

available, and can be delivered if required. 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way are provided with special rubber seals for dust protection. But, if a 

large amount of fine contaminants are present, or if large particles of foreign matter may fall on the track rail, it 

is recommended to provide bellows and other protective covers. 

The size 2, 3, 4, and 6 models of Linear Way L are not provided with seals. 

Pre-packed grease 

A high quality lithium-soap base grease shown in Table 6 is pre-packed in Linear Way and Linear Roller 

Way. A special grease can be pre-packed by specifying "Specified grease" of the special specification on 

page 90. For the interval and amount of grease replenishment, see "General description". 

Table 6 Pre-packed grease list 

Series 



Pre-packed grease 

MULTEMP PS No.2 

(KYODO YUSHI) 





Linear Way U( 2 ) 

ALVANIA EP GREASE 2 

(SHELL) 




Note( 1 ) : For size 8 to 12 models, MULTEMP PS No.2 is pre-packed. 

( 2 ) : For size 25 and 30 models, MULTEMP PS No.2 is pre-packed. 

Parts for lubrication 

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way are provided with a grease nipple or oil hole for grease replenishment. 

Table 7 shows parts for lubrication applicable to each series. However, Linear Way L Ball Non-retained type is 

not provided with a grease nipple or oil hole. For re-lubrication of this type, apply grease directly to the 

raceways of the track rail. 

92

Table 7 Parts for lubrication 

C-Sleeve 


Series 


Ball Retained type 


Low Decibel 






Super X 


Model code 

ML 

LWL … B 

LWLF … B 

LWE 

LWE … Q 

LWH … B 

LWFH 

LWFF 

LWFS 

LWUL … B 

LWU … B 

LWU 

LRX 

LRWX … B 

Size 

9 12 

15 

5 7 9 12 

15 20 

10 14 18 24 

30 42 

15 

20 25 30 

35 

8 10 

12 

15 

20 25 30 

35 45 55 65 85 

40 60 90 

33 

37 

42 69 

25 30 

12 

15 

20 25 

30 

35 

45 55 65 85 

100 

25 35 

45 55 75 

Type 

Oil hole 

Oil hole 

A–M3 

25 B–M4 

15 

20 25 30 

35 45 

40 50 

6086 100 130 

A–M3 

Oil hole 

A–M3 

A–M4 

B–M6 

JIS B type 

A–M4 

B–M6 

JIS B type 

Oil hole 

A–M3 

A–M4 

B–M6 

JIS B type 

JIS A–M6F 

A–M3 

A–M4 

B–M6 

Oil hole 

A–M4 

JIS A–M6F 

A–M3 

A–M4 

B–M4 

B–M6 

JIS A–M6F 

JIS A–PT1/8 

JIS A–PT1/4 

JIS A–M6F 

JIS A–PT1/8 

Grease nipple 

Nominal size of 

female threads 

Applicable supply nozzle type for piping 

Mini-grease injector – 

A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 

Mini-grease injector 

A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 

A–8120V 

B–8120V 


A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 

A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 

Grease gun available on the market 

A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 



A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 

A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 


A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 

A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 



A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 


A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 

A–5120VA–5240V 

B–5120VB–5240V 

A–8120V 

B–8120V 


Remark : The above table shows representative model codes, but is applicable to all other models. 

When "Oil hole" is described in the grease nipple column, an oil hole is provided in place of a grease nipple. 

– 

– 

– 

M4 

– 

– 

M4 

M6 

PT1/8 

M4 

M6 

PT1/8 

– 

– 

M4 

M6 

PT1/8 

M6 

– 

M4 

M6 

– 

M4 

M6 

– 

M4 

M4 

M6 

M6 

PT1/8 

PT1/4 

M6 

PT1/8 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

93

Oil hole 

Some models of Linear Way L Ball Retained type and Linear Way H are provided with an oil hole as shown in 

Table 8. (See also Table 7.) For grease replenishment, use a syringe type dispenser. The specially prepared 

miniature greaser is also available. 

Table 8 Oil hole 

unit : mm 

d2 

d1 

Rubber part of end seal 

End seal 

Casing 

End plate 

Series 


Size 

Oil hole size 

5 10 1.1 

Linear Way L Ball Retained type 

7 14 1.2 

0.5 

9 18 1.5 

12 24 2 


8 10 0.5 1.5 


25 1.2 

0.5 

30 1.5 

d1 

d2 

9 1.5 

0.5 

12 2 

Miniature greaser 

The miniature greaser is specially prepared for grease replenishment for Linear Way with an oil hole shown in 

Table 8. Table 9 shows the types of grease and specifications of the miniature greaser. 

Table 9 Specifications 

Identification number Grease name Content 

MG10/MT2 

MULTEMP PS No.2 (KYODO YUSHI) 

MG10/CG2 

Low Dust Generation Grease for Clean Environment CG2 

10g 

Outside diameter 

of injector needle 

1mm 

94

R3 

Grease nipple and supply nozzle 

Tables 10.1 and 10.2 show the specifications of grease nipples and applicable types of supply nozzles. Table 

11 shows the specifications of supply nozzles. 

Table 10.1 Grease nipples and applicable supply nozzles 

Grease nipple 

Applicable supply nozzle 

Type 

Shape and dimension 

Type 

Shape 

R3 

4.5 

A–M3 

Width across flats 4 

M3 

4.2 

Straight type 

A–5120V 

A–5240V 

B–5120V 

B–5240V 

A–M4 

Width across flats 4.5 

6 

4 

M4 

Straight type with angle 

2.1 

Approx.67.5 

6 

B–M4 

5.1 

3.7 

10 

A–8120V 

B–8120V 


6 

M4 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

95

Table 10.2 Grease nipples and applicable supply nozzles 

Grease nipple 

Applicable supply nozzle 

Type 


Type 

Shape 

12.5 

Approx.67.5˚ 

B–M6 

Equivalent to A-M6F 


M60.75 

6.5 13 

Straight type 

JIS 

A–M6F 

6.6 

4.8 


M60.75 

2.7 

4 

5.4MAX. 

13.5 

D( 1 ) 

6.6 

4.8 

2.7 

JIS 

A–PT1/8 


PT1/8 

8 

9.5MAX. 

20 

Product available 

on the market 

Chuck type 

D( 1 ) 

JIS 

B type 

Approx.67.5˚ 

Equivalent to A-M6F 


PT1/8 

6.6 

4.8 

12.5 

2.7 

8 8.5 

Hose type 

D( 1 ) 

JIS 

A–PT1/4 


PT1/4 

12.5MAX. 

11 

25 

Note ( 1 ) :For straight type, chuck type and hose type supply nozzles available on the market, it is recommended to use one with an outside 

diameter (D) of 13 mm or less. 

96

Table 11 Applicable supply nozzles 

Type 

A–5120V 


120 29 



5 

240 29 


PT1/8 


A–5240V 

5 

B–5120V 

5 

120 29 


PT1/8 


5 

PT1/8 

B–5240V 

240 29 


5 


5 

PT1/8 

120 33 



A–8120V 

8 

PT1/8 

120 33 



B–8120V 

8 

8 

PT1/8 

Remark : The supply nozzles shown in the table can be mounted on the main body of a common grease gun available on the market (shown below). 

If these supply nozzles are required, consult by specifying the supply nozzle type. 

Supply nozzle 

Main body of grease gun 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

97

Pipe joints 

When applying centralized grease or oil lubrication, detach the grease nipple or stop cock from the slide 

unit, and replace them with pipe joints, which are prepared for various piping female thread sizes. Use them 

after comparing the dimension of the pipe joints and the dimension H3 in the dimension table of each series, 

because the top face of some pipe joints is at the same or higher level with the top face of slide unit. Fig. 4, 

and Tables 12.1, 12.2, 13.1 and 13.2 show model numbers and dimensions of pipe joints. Note that some 

of them are not applicable for the slide units of special specifications. Pipe joints can be mounted on Linear 

Way and Linear Roller Way prior to delivery upon request. Consult for further information. 

Model number 

LC4–17 

3.5 

7 

17 

M40.7 

(Tapered screw) 

7 

4.2 

11 

M60.75 

depth 6 

19.6 

Internal diameter 

of pipe1.5 

Remark : The straight type pipe joint shown in Table 12.1 is recommended for female threads (M6 x 0.75). 

Fig. 4 Pipe joint for M4 

Table 12.1 Pipe joint for M6 x 0.75 (Straight type) 

L3 

12 

L2 

MT60.75 

unit : mm 

Model number 

L1 

L2 L3 D 

PT18 

(L1) 

D 


of pipe 3 

SC6–16 

SC6–22S 

SC6–25S 

22 12.4 16 9 

28 12 22 6 

31 12 25 6 

Table 12.2 Pipe joint for M6 x 0.75 (L type) 

12 12 

L2 

MT60.75 

unit : mm 

12 

PT18 

(L1) 

D 


of pipe 3 

Model number 

LC6–18 

LC6–22S 

LC6–24 

LC6–25S 

L1 L2 

D 

25 18 9 

28 — 6 

30.5 23.5 9 

31 — 6 

98

Table 13.1 Pipe joint for PT1/8 (Straight type) 

14 

10 

PT18 

10 

Model number 

unit : mm 

L1 

PT18 

(L1) 


of pipe3 

SC1/8–19S 

SC1/8–34S 

25 

40 

Table 13.2 Pipe joint for PT1/8 (L type) 

14 14 

PT18 

14 

10 

Model number 

unit : mm 

L1 

PT18 

(L1) 


of pipe3 

LC1/8–19S 

LC1/8–34S 

25 

40 

Bellows 

Dimensions of bellows specially prepared for Linear Way and Linear Roller Way are shown in Tables 

15.1 and 15.2. These bellows are manufactured to match the dimensions of each series for easy mounting 

and effective dust protection. 

For special bellows to be used in an upside-down position or those made of heat-resistant material, consult 


Identification number of bellows 

The identification number of bellows consists of a model code, dimensions, and any supplemental codes. Its 

standard arrangement is shown below. 

Model code 

Dimensions 

Supplemental code 

JRXS 35 — 210 / 1210 B /M 

Type of bellows 

Size of bellows 

Length of bellows 

Min: 210mm Max: 1210mm 

Inter-mediate bellows 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

99

Calculation of minimum length of bellows 

The minimum necessary length of bellows is determined, by first calculating the necessary number of 

accordion pleats as follows. 

ns 

S 

 

smax smin 

where, ns: Number of pleats (Raise decimal fractions.) 

S: Length of stroke, mm 

smax: Maximum length of one pleat (See Tables 15.1 and 15.2.) 

smin: Minimum length of one pleat (See Tables 15.1 and 15.2.) 

Lmin ns sminm510 

Lmax SLmin 

where, Lmin: Minimum length of bellows, mm 

Lmax: Maximum length of bellows, mm 

m: Number of internal guide plates(See Table 14.) 

Table 14 Number of internal guide plates 

Type of 

bellows 

P dimension of bellows ( 1 ) mm 

over 

incl. 

Number of internal guide plates m 

JEF 

JRES 

— 

35 

m 

ns 

-1 

7 

JES 

JHS 

JFS 

JRXS … B 

— 

22 

22 

25 

m 

but m0, when ns20 

m 

ns 

16 

ns 

12 

but m0, when ns18 

25 

35 

m 

ns 

8 

Note( 1 ) : For dimension P, see Tables 15.1 and 15.2. 

Remark : In calculating the number of internal guide plates m, raise the decimal fractions for JEF and JRES 

and omit the decimal fractions for others. 

Intermediate bellows 

Another type of mounting plate is used for mounting bellows between slide units. Add the supplemental 

code "/M" onto the identification number when ordering. 

Reinforced bellows are also available, which are specially designed for use on long track rails or for lateral 

mounting. The width A of reinforced bellows is greater than that of standard type bellows. For these 

reinforced bellows, consult . 

100

Table 15.1 Dimensions of bellows and applicable models 

A 

A 

H 

B 

P 

s 

P 

Track rail side 

A 

Type 

Slide unit side 

A 

H 

B 

B 

P 

a 

s 

P 





Type 

Bellows model 

Series Size code Type H A a B P smin smax 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

33 

37 

40 

42 

60 

69 

90 

JEF15 

JEF20 

JEF25 

JES30 

JES35 

JES45 

JHS15 

JHS20 

JHS25 

JHS30 

JHS35 

JHS45 

JHS55 

JHS65 

JFFS33 

JFFS37 

JFS40 

JFFS42 

JFS60 

JFFS69 

JFS90 

Note( 1 ) : Not applicable for LWHY series. 

( 2 ) : The height of bellows may become higher than the height H of Linear Way. Check H dimension of Linear Way shown in the table of 

dimensions of each series. 

( 3 ) : The width of bellows may become larger than the width W2 of Linear Way. Check W2 dimension of Linear Way shown in the table of 

dimensions of each series. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


unit : mm 

23.5 34 14 17 8 2 9 

27.5 40 19 21 9 2 10 

32 46 22 24 10 2 11 

42 70 27 35 15 2 14 

48 85 33 40 18 2 18.5 

60 105 44 50 22 2 23.5 

31 55 – 19.5 15 2 14 

35 60 – 25 15 2 14 

39 64 – 29.5 15 2 14 

42 70 – 35 15 2 14 

48 85 – 40 18 2 18.5 

60 105 – 50 22 2 23.5 

70 120 – 57 25 2 28 

90 158 – 76 35 2 42 

26 66 – 23 15 2 15 

27.5 70 – 24 15 2 15 

32 80 – 27 15 2 14 

30.5 76 – 27.5 15 2 15 

36 100 – 30 15 2 14 

36 106 – 31.5 15 2 15 

50 150 – 43 22 2 23.5 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

101

Table 15.2 Dimensions of bellows and applicable models 

A 

A 

H 

B 

B 

P2 

a 

s 

P1 





unit : mm 

Bellows model 

Series Size code H A a B P1 P2 smin smax 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

85 

100 

25 

35 

45 

55 

75 

JRES 15 

JRES 20 

JRES 25 

JRES 30 

JRES 35 

JRES 45 

JRES 55 

JRES 65 

JRES 85 

JRES100 

JRXS25 … B 

JRXS35 … B 

JRXS45 … B 

JRXS55 … B 

JRXS75 … B 

34 55 14 30 17.5 15 2 15 

39 60 19 34 15 15 2 15 

42 65 22 36 16.5 15 2 15 

46 70 27 39.5 15 15 2 15 

48 88 33 41.5 24 15 2 15 

60 108 44 52 29 20 2 21 

70 122 52 61 31 22 2 23.5 

88 140 61 76 25 25 2 30 

107 180 82 89 30 30 2 36 

115 214 96 100 35 35 2 45 

40 60 22 34 15 12 2 10 

48 88 34 41.5 24 15 2 14 

60 108 44 52 29 20 2 21 

70 122 54 61 31 22 2 23.5 

90 160 74 80 40 30 2 36 

Note( 1 ) : The height of bellows may become higher than the height H of Linear Roller Way. Check H dimension of Linear Roller Way shown in the 

table of dimensions of each series. 

102

Precautions for Use 

Mounting structure 

Mounting surface, reference mounting surface, and general mounting structure 

To mount Linear Way or Linear Roller Way, correctly fit the reference mounting surfaces B and D of the slide 

unit and the track rail to the reference mounting surfaces of the table and the bed, and then fix them tightly. 

(See Figs. 5 and 6.) 

The reference mounting surfaces B and D and mounting surfaces A and C of Linear Way or Linear Roller 

Way are accurately finished by grinding. Stable and high accuracy linear motion can be obtained by 

finishing the mating mounting surfaces of machines or equipment with high accuracy and correctly 

mounting the guide on these surfaces. 

C 

D 

C 

D 

A 

B 

A 

B 

Fig. 5 Reference mounting surfaces and general mounting 

structure of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

Fig. 6 Reference mounting surfaces and general 

mounting structure of Linear Way U 

The slide unit reference mounting surface is always the side surface opposite to the mark. The track 

rail reference mounting surface is identified by locating the mark on the top surface of the track rail. 

The track rail reference mounting surface is the side surface above themark (in the direction of the 

arrow). (See Figs. 7 and 8.) 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Reference mounting surface 

D 

B 

mark 

mark 

Fig. 7 Reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

103

mark 

Slide unit 


D 

Track rail 

mark 

B 


Fig. 8 Reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way U 

Load direction and mounting structure 

When a lateral load, alternate load, or fluctuating load is applied to Linear Way or Linear Roller Way, firmly 

fix the side faces of the slide unit and track rail as shown in Fig. 9 and Fig. 10. 

When the applied load is small or the operating conditions are not too severe, mounting methods shown in 

Fig. 11 and Fig. 12 are also used. 



Pressure plate 



Tapered jib 

Fig. 9 Mounting example with pressure plate 

Fig. 10 Mounting example with tapered jib 



Pressure screw 


Dowel pin 


Fig. 11 Mounting example with pressure screw 

Fig. 12 Mounting example with dowel pin 

104

Mounting of Linear Way L 

The general mounting structure of Linear Way L 

is similar to that shown in Fig. 5. The slide unit of 

this series is mounted by tightening bolts in the 

female threads of the slide unit. 

For the size 2, 3, 4 and 6 models, the female 

threads for mounting the slide unit and the track 

rail are through holes. (See Fig. 13.) If the fixing 

depth of the mounting bolts is too long, the bolts 

will interfere with the slide unit or track rail, 

resulting in poor traveling accuracy and short life. 

The fixing depth of the mounting bolts should be 

kept within the values shown in the table of 

dimensions. 

The mounting bolts for the track rail are not 

appended to the tapped rail specification 

products. Prepare bolts with a fixing depth not 

exceeding H4 shown in the dimension table. 

Slide unit mounting hole 

Track rail mounting hole 

Fig. 13 Slide unit and track rail mounting holes of 

Linear Way L (Size 2, 3, 4 and 6 models) 

Mounting of Linear Roller Way Super X and Linear Roller Way X slide unit 

The general mounting structure of Linear Roller 

Way Super X and Linear Roller Way X slide unit 

is similar to that shown in Fig. 5. Some slide 

units are provided with one or two mounting 

thread holes in the middle of width (See Fig. 14.) 

so that an applied load can be received with 

good load balance. When designing machines 

or equipment, ensure that these middle 

mounting holes of the slide unit can be securely 

tightened to obtain maximum performance of 

the guide. 

Middle mounting hole 

of the slide unit 

Fig. 14 Middle mounting hole of the slide unit 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

105

Mounting of Linear Way Module 

Fig. 15 shows the standard mounting structure of Linear Way Module. As a convenient means to eliminate play 

or give preload, preload adjusting screws are often used in linear motion rolling guides. 

Set the preload adjusting screws at the positions of fixing bolts of slide member and in the middle of the height 

of slide member, and then press the slide member by tightening the screw. 

For mounting the slide member of Linear Way LM, it is recommended to fix the slide member from the table 

side, because the allowance for preload adjustment in the bolt hole of slide member is small. In this case, the 

bolt hole and the counter bore in the table should be made larger to give the adjustment allowance. 

The preload amount differs depending on the operating conditions of machines or equipment. An excessive 

preload will result in short bearing life and raceway damage. The preload amount for general application should 

be adjusted to a zero or slight minus clearance in the ideal case. 

D 

D 

C 

C 

Preload adjusting screw 

A 

B 

B 

A 

Fig. 15 Mounting of Linear Way Module 

Specifications of mounting parts 

Accuracy of mounting surfaces 

The life and other performances of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way are greatly affected by the accuracy of the 

mounting surfaces of machines and equipment and the mounting accuracy. Poor accuracy may result in 

producing a larger load than the calculated load, and eventually lead to short life, etc. 

Reliable operation of linear motion rolling guide is ensured by providing high manufacturing and mounting 

accuracy of mounting parts and designing a mounting structure so as to keep the accuracy and performance, 

while considering the required linear motion accuracy, rigidity and other related operating conditions. 

As an example, the standard values of parallelism between two track rail mounting surfaces when multiple sets 

are used, are shown in Table 27 on page 118. 

106

Corner radius and shoulder height of reference mounting surfaces 

It is recommended to make a relieved fillet at the corner of the mating reference mounting surfaces as shown in 

Fig. 16. However, in some series, corner radii R1 and R2 shown in Fig. 17 can also be used. Tables 16 to 24.3 

show recommended shoulder heights and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces. 

R1 

h1 

h2 

R1 

R2 

R2 

Fig. 16 Relieved fillet at the corner of the 

mating reference mounting surfaces 

Fig. 17 Corner radii and shoulder heights of the 

mating reference mounting surfaces 

Table 16 Shoulder heights and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces of C-Sleeve Linear Way L 

R1 

h1 

R2 

h2 

R1 

R2 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Model number 

Shoulder height 

h1 

Slide unit 

Corner radius 

R1max. 

Shoulder height( 1 ) 

h2 

Track rail 

Corner radius 

R2max. 

ML 9 

3 

0.2 

1.5 

0.2 

ML 12 

4 

0.2 

2.5 

0.2 

ML 15 

4.5 

0.2 

3 

0.2 

Note( 1 ) : For models with under seals (/U), it is recommended to use h2 values 1mm smaller than the values in the table. 

However, for "with under seals" of the size 9 models, 0.8mm is recommended. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

107

Table 17.1 Shoulder heights and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way L standard type 

R1 

R2 

h1 

h2 

R1 

R2 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Model number 


h1 

Slide unit 

Corner radius 

R1max. 


h2 

Track rail 

Corner radius 

R2max. 

LWL2 

1 

0.1 

0.5 

0.05 

LWL3 

1.2 

0.15 

0.8 

0.1 

LWL5B 

LWL5 

2 

0.3 

0.8 

0.2 

LWL7B 

LWL7 

2.5 

0.2 

1.2 

0.2 

LWL9B 

0.2 

LWL9BCS 

3 

0.4 

1.5 

0.2 

LWL9 

0.2 

LWL12B 

0.2 

LWL12BCS 

LWL12 

4 

0.4 

0.2 

2.5 

0.2 

LWL12CS 

0.4 

LWL15B 

LWL15BCS 

LWL15 

LWL15CS 

4.5 

4 

0.2 

0.4 

0.2 

0.4 

3 

0.2 

LWL20B 

LWL20BCS 

5 

0.2 

0.4 

4 

0.2 

LWL25B 

6.5 

0.7 

4 

0.7 


However, for "with under seals" of the size 9 models, 0.8mm is recommended. 

Remark : The above table shows representative model numbers but is applicable to all models. 

108

Table 17.2 Shoulder heights and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way L wide rail type 

R1 

R2 

h1 

R1 

h2 

R2 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Model number 


h1 

Slide unit 

Corner radius 

R1max. 


h2 

Track rail 

Corner radius 

R2max. 

LWLF4 

1.5 

0.1 

0.8 

0.1 

LWLF6 

2 

0.1 

0.8 

0.1 

LWLF10 B 

2 

0.3 

1.2 

0.2 

LWLF14 B 

LWLF14 

2.5 

0.2 

1.2 

0.2 

LWLF18 B 

LWLF18 BCS 

LWLF18 

LWLF18 CS 

3 

0.2 

0.4 

0.2 

0.4 

2.5 

1.5 

0.2 

LWLF24 B 

LWLF24 BCS 

LWLF24 

LWLF24 CS 

4 

3 

0.2 

0.4 

0.2 

0.4 

2.5 

0.2 

LWLF30 B 

LWLF30 BCS 

4.5 

0.2 

0.4 

2.5 

0.2 

LWLF42 B 

LWLF42 BCS 

LWLF42 

LWLF42 CS 

5 

4 

0.2 

0.4 

0.2 

0.4 

3 

2.5 

0.2 


Remark : The above table shows representative model numbers but is applicable to models. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

109

Table 18 Shoulder heights and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way E 

R1 

R2 

h1 

R1 

h2 

R2 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWET15 

LWES15 

LWET20 

LWES20 

LWET25 

LWES25 

LWET30 

LWES30 

LWET35 

LWES35 

LWET45 

LWES45 


h1 

4 

5 

6 

8 

8 

8 

Slide unit 

Corner radius 

R1(max.) 

1.0 

0.5 

1.0 

0.5 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.5 


h2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Track rail 

Corner radius 

R2(max.) 

0.5 

0.5 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.5 


110

Table 19 Shoulder heights and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way H 

R1 

R2 

h1 

h2 

R1 

R2 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWHT 8 … SL 

LWHD 8 … SL 

LWHT 10 … SL 

LWHD 10 … SL 

LWHT 12 

LWHD 12 

LWH 15 … B 

LWH 20 … B 

LWH 25 … B 

LWH 30 … B 

LWH 35 … B 

LWH 45 … B 

LWH 55 … B 

LWH 65 … B 


h1 

3.5 

04 

4.5 

05 

06 

06 

04 

05 

06 

08 

08 

08 

10 

10 

Slide unit 

Corner radius 

R1(max.) 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.5 

1.5 

1.5 


h2 

1.6 1 

1.6 1 

1.9 1 

1.9 1 

2.7 1 

2.7 1 

03 

03 

04 

05 

06 

07 

08 

10 

Track rail 

Corner radius 

R2(max.) 

0.2 

0.2 

0.2 

0.2 

0.7 

0.7 

0.5 

0.5 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.5 

1.5 

1.5 

Note( 1 ) : For models with under seals (/U), it is recommended to use h2 values 0.6mm smaller than the values in the table. 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

111

Table 20.1 Shoulder heights and corner radius of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way F 

R 

h2 

R 

R 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWFF 33 

LWFS 33 

LWFF 37 

LWFS 37 

LWFF 42 

Slide unit 


h1 

4 

5 

5 

Track rail 


h2 

2.0 

2.5 

2.5 

Corner radius 

R(max.) 

0.4 

0.4 

0.4 

LWFF 69 

5 

3.5 

0.8 

Table 20.2 Shoulder heights and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way F 

h2 

h2 

h1 

R 

R1 

R 

h1 

h1 

R 

R1 

R 

R 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

When supplemental code "/CC" is specified 

unit : mm 

Model number 

Slide unit 

Shoulder height Corner radius 

h1 

R1(max.) 

Track rail 


h2 

Corner radius for "/CC" specification 

R(max.) 

LWFH 40 

4 

0.3 

3 

1 

LWFH 60 

6 

0.5 

4 

1 

LWFH 90 

8 

0.5 

6 

1 

112

Table 21 Shoulder heights and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way U 

R1 

R2 

h1 

R1 

h2 

R2 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWUL 25B 

LWUL 30B 

LWU 40B 

LWU 50B 

LWU 60B 

LWU 86B 

LWU 100 

LWU 130 


h1 

Slide unit 

Corner radius 

R1max. 


h2 

Track rail 

Corner radius 

R2max.( 1 ) 

1.5 0.2 2.5 

2.5 0.2 3 

3 0.5 5 1 

3 0.5 7 2 

3 0.5 9 2 

4 0.5 11 2 

4 0.5 13 1 

5 1 14 2 

Note( 1 ) : For the size 25 and 30 models, provide a relieved fillet as shown on Fig. 16. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

113

Table 22 Shoulder heights and corner radius of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Roller Way Super X 

R 

R 

R 

Model number 

Slide unit 


h1 

Track rail 


h2 

Corner radius 

R(max.) 

LRX 12 4 2 0.5 

LRX 15 4 3 0.5 

LRX 20 5 4 0.5 

LRX 25 6 5 1 

LRX 30 8 5.5 1 

LRX 35 8 5.5 1 

LRX 45 8 7 1.5 

LRX 55 10 8 1.5 

LRX 65 10 10 1.5 

LRX 85 14 14 2.5 

LRX100 14 13 2.5 

Table 23 Shoulder heights and corner radius of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Roller Way X 

h2 

h1 

h2 

R 

Slide unit 

Track rail 


unit : mm 

R 

h1 

R 

R 

R 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Model number 

Slide unit 


h1 

Ttrack rail 


h2 

Corner radius 

R(max.) 

LRWX 25 … B 6 4 1 

LRWX 35 … B 

LRWXH35 

8 5.5 1 

LRWX 45 … B 

LRWXH45 

8 6 1 

LRWX 55 … B 

LRWXH55 

10 8 1.5 

LRWX 75 … B 

LRWXH75 

10 8 1.5 


114

Table 24.1 Shoulder height of the mating reference mounting surface of Linear Way LM 

Table 24.2 Shoulder height and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Way M 

Table 24.3 Shoulder heights and corner radii of the mating reference mounting surfaces of Linear Roller Way M 

R1 

h1 

R1 

h2 

h 

unit : mm 

Model number h 

LWLM 7 4 

LWLM 9 5 

LWLM 11 6 

R1 

R2 

R1 

h2 

R2 

Slide member 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Slide member 

Track rail 

Model number 

Corner radius 


Corner radius 

R1(max.) 

h2 

R2(max.) 

LWM 1 0.8 4 0.8 

LWM 2 1 5 1 

LWM 3 1 5 1 

LWM 4 1.5 6 1 

LWM 5 1.5 6 1 

LWM 6 1.5 8 1.5 

Slide member 

Track rail 

unit : mm 

Slide member 

Track rail 

Model number 


h1 

Corner radius 

R1(max.) 


h2 

Corner radius 

R2(max.) 

LRWM 2 7 1 5 1 

LRWM 3 8.5 1 6 1 

LRWM 4 10.5 1.5 6 1 

LRWM 5 12.5 1.5 8 1 

LRWM 6 14.5 2 8 1.5 

R2 

R2 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

115

Operating conditions 

Multiple slide units mounted in close distance 

When multiple slide units are used in close distance to each other, the actual load may be greater than the 

calculated load depending on the accuracy of the mounting surfaces and the reference mounting surfaces 

of the machine. It is suggested in such cases to assume a greater load than the calculated load. 

For lateral or upside-down mounting 

When mounting Linear Way E or Linear Way F slide units in lateral or reverse (upside-down) position, specify 

slide units with under seals ( supplemental code "/U"), if necessary, to prevent foreign particles from 

intruding into the slide units. 

Operating speed 

The limiting values for operating speed of Linear Way or 

Linear Roller Way depend on various operating conditions 

such as the type of motion, magnitude of applied load, 

lubrication conditions, mounting accuracy, and ambient 

temperature. 

Based on the experiences and actual practice, standard 

values of maximum speed under general operating 

conditions are given in Table 25 for reference. 

Table 25 Standard maximum speed 

Model size Maximum speedm/min 

35 

180 

45 

120 

55 

100 

65 

075 

Operating temperature 

The maximum operating temperature is 120˚C and a continuous operation is possible at temperatures up to 

100˚C. When the temperature exceeds 100˚C, consult . 

In the case of C-Sleeve Linear Way L and the models "with capillary plates" of special specification, operate 

below 80˚C. 

Oil supply point for lubrication 

When lubrication oil is fed by gravity, sufficient amounts of oil may not reach to the raceways which are 

located higher than the supply point. In such cases, it is necessary to examine the lubrication route and 

supply point. Consult for further information. 

Lubrication of Linear Way Module 

A grease nipple is not provided on the slide 

member of Linear Way Module, but a lubrication 

hole is provided on it to supply lubricant 

directly to the steel ball re-circulation route. 

By preparing a lubricant supply route in the 

mating machine parts as shown in Fig.18, 

lubrication can be carried out readily . 

Fig.18 Example of lubrication method for Linear Way Module 

116

Precautions for Mounting 

When mounting multiple sets at the same time 

Interchangeable specification product 

In the case of an interchangeable specification product, assemble a slide unit and a track rail with the 

same interchangeable code ("S1" or "S2"). 

Non-interchangeable specification product 

Use an assembly of slide unit and track rail as delivered without changing the combination. 

Matched sets to be used as an assembled group 

Special specification products of matched sets (supplemental code "/W") are delivered as a group in 

which dimensional variations are specially controlled. Mount them without mixing with the sets of another 

group. 

Assembling a slide unit and a track rail 

Assembling of C-Sleeve Linear Way L and Linear 


When assembling C-Sleeve Linear Way L or Linear 

Way L, correctly fit the grooves of the slide unit 

mounted on a dummy rail (steel ball holder) to the 

grooves of the track rail, and then move the slide 

unit gently from the dummy rail to the track rail in 

parallel direction. 

Steel balls are retained in C-Sleeve Linear Way L 

and Linear Way L Ball Retained type, so the slide 

unit can be separated freely from the track rail. 

However, the slide unit can be assembled on the 

track rail much easier by using the dummy rail. 

The Linear Way L slide unit of interchangeable 

specification is delivered as assembled on a dummy 

rail. 

In Linear Way L Ball Non-Retained type, steel balls 

are not retained. When separating the slide unit 

from the track rail, a dummy rail (steel ball holder) 

should be used. 

The dummy rail (steel ball holder) is appended as 

an accessory to models shown in Table 26. The 

steel ball holder for other models are also available. 

If required, consult for further information. 

Assembling of types other than C-Sleeve Linear Way 

L and Linear Way L 

When assembling the slide unit on the track rail, 

correctly fit the grooves of the slide unit to the 

Table 26 Models to which a steel ball holder is appended 

Standard type Wide Rail type 

 

ML 09 

LWL 02 

LWLC 03 

LWL 03 

LWLC 05B 

LWL 05B 

LWLC 07B 

LWL 07B 

LWLG 07B 

LWLC 09B 

LWL 09B 

LWLG 09B 

LWLG 12B 

LWLG 15B 

LWLG 20B 

LWLG 25B 

LWLF 04 

LWLFC 6 

LWLF 06 

LWLFC 10B 

LWLF 10B 

LWLFC 14B 

LWLF 14B 

LWLFG 14B 

LWLFC 18B 

LWLF 18B 

LWLFG 18B 

LWLFG 24B 

LWLFG 30B 

LWLFG 42B 

 

Remark : Also applicable to high carbon steel products. 

grooves of the track rail and move the slide unit gently in parallel direction. Rough handling will result in 

seal damage or dropping of steel balls. 

The interchangeable specification slide unit is provided with a dummy rail. And, the size 12, 15, 20, 25 and 

30 models of Linear Roller Way Super X are appended with a dummy rail. This dummy rail should be used 

for assembly. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

117

Handling of C-Sleeve Linear Way L, Linear Way L and Linear Way LM 

In C-Sleeve Linear Way L, Linear Way L Ball Retained type and Linear Way LM, steel balls are retained with a 

steel ball retaining band. However, these products must be handled with care to prevent the steel balls from 

falling out. 

Mounting accuracy 

Inadequate mounting accuracy of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way will affect the operating accuracy and life 

adversely, so mounting must be carried out with care. When multiple sets are mounted, the parallelism 

between the two mounting surfaces of machines must be prepared, in general, as shown in Table 27. In the 

case of Linear Way, if mounting parallelism is poor, frictional resistance will steeply increase giving a warning 

signal, which can be used to perform high accuracy mounting. For details, see "Mounting" on page 120. 

Table 27 Parallelism between two mounting surfaces 

unit :m 

Class 

Parallelism 

High 

H 

Precision 

P 

Super precision 

SP 


UP 

30 20 10 6 

Cleaning of mounting surfaces 

When mounting Linear Way or Linear 

Roller Way, first clean all mounting and 

reference mounting surfaces. (See 

Fig. 19.) 

Remove burrs and blemishes from 

the reference mounting surfaces 

and mounting surfaces of the 

machine or equipment, on which 

Linear Way or Linear Roller Way will 

be mounted, using an oil-stone, 

etc., and then wipe the surfaces 

with clean cloth. 

Fig. 19 Cleaning of mounting surfaces 

Remove rust preventive oil and dirt 

from the reference mounting 

surfaces and mounting surfaces of 

Linear Way or Linear Roller Way 


Flat plate 

Plugging-in of caps for rail mounting holes 

When plugging the caps of special specification 

("with caps for rail mounting holes, supplemental 

code /F") into the mounting holes of track rail, tap in 

the cap gently by applying a flat plate on the top face 

of the cap until the top face of the cap becomes level 

with the top face of the track rail. 

Fig. 20 Plugging-in of caps for rail mounting holes 

118

Tightening torque of mounting bolts 

The standard torque values for Linear Way and Linear Roller Way mounting bolts are shown in Tables 28.1 and 

28.2. When machines or equipment are subjected to severe vibration, shock, large fluctuating load, or 

moment load, the bolts should be tightened with a torque 1.2 to 1.5 times higher than the standard torque 

values shown. 

When the mating member material is cast iron or aluminum, tightening torque should be lowered in 

accordance with the strength characteristics of the material. 

Table 28.1 Tightening torque of mounting bolts of Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

Bolt size 

Carbon steel bolt 

(Strength division 12.9) 

Tightening torque 

Nm 

Stainless steel bolt 

(Property division A2-70) 

M 03 0.5 

00001.7 

01.1 

M 04 0.7 

00004.0 

02.5 

M 05 0.8 

00007.9 

05.0 

M 06 1 

00013.3 

08.5 

M 08 1.25 

00032.0 

20.4 

M 10 1.5 

00062.7 

 

M 12 1.75 

00108.0 

 

M 14 2 

00172.0 

 

M 16 2 

00263 0 

 

M 20 2.5 

0512 

 

M 24 3 

00882 0 

 

M 30 3.5 

10750 0 

 

Remark 1 : For C-Sleeve Linear Way L, Linear Way L, Linear Way LM and the size 8, 10 and 12 models of Linear Way H, see Table 28.2. 

2: Tightening torque for the slide unit middle mounting holes of the size 15, 20, 25, 30 and 35 models of Linear Roller Way Super X 

flange type is recommended to be 70 to 80 % of the values in the table. 

Table 28.2 Tightening torque of mounting bolts of C-Sleeve Linear Way L, Linear Way L, Linear Way LM and the size 8, 10 

and 12 models of Linear Way H 

Tightening torque 

Nm 

Bolt size 

Carbon steel bolt 

(Strength division 8.8) 

Stainless steel bolt 

(Property division A2-70) 

M 1 0.25 

 

0.04 

M 1.6 0.35 

 

0.15 

M 2 0.4 

 

0.31 

M 2.3 0.4 

 

0.48 

M 2.5 0.45 

 

0.62 

M 2.6 0.45 

 

0.70 

M 3 0.5 

1.2 

1.10 

M 4 0.7 

2.8 

2.50 

M 5 0.8 

5.6 

5.00 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

119

Mounting Examples 

The general mounting procedure for Linear Way and Linear Roller Way is shown in Examples 1 to 3 using a 

Linear Way as an example. The mounting procedure for Linear Way Module is shown in Example 4. 

Example 1 For general operation 


Reference 

mounting surface 


Table 

Bed 


Fig. 21 Example 1 

For operations under normal conditions without shocks, prepare one mating reference mounting surface on 

the table and the bed respectively, and proceed as follows. (See Fig. 21.) 

1 

Cleaning of mounting surfaces 

Remove burrs and blemishes from the 

reference mounting surfaces and 

mounting surfaces of the machine 

using an oil-stone, etc. and then wipe 

the surfaces with clean cloth. (See 

Fig. 22.) 


from the reference mounting surfaces 

and mounting surfaces of Linear Way 



120

2 

Temporary fixing of Linear Way and track rails 

Correctly fit the reference mounting 

surface of Linear Waytrack rail onto 

the mating reference mounting 

surface of the bed, and temporarily fix 

the track rail with mounting bolts. (See 

Fig. 23.) 

During installation, ensure that track 

rail mounting bolts do not interfere 

with the mounting holes. 

Temporarily fix Linear Way track 

rail onto the bed. 

Fig. 23 Temporary fixing of track rail 

3 Final fixing of Linear Way track rail 

Firmly push the reference mounting 

surface of Linear Way track rail to 

the mating reference mounting surface 

of the bed using a small vise or clamp. 

Tighten the track rail mounting bolt at 

the position where the vise or clamp 

is applied. Fix the track rail by 

progressively moving the position of 

the vise or clamp from one rail end to 

the other. (See Fig. 24.) 

At this stage, leave Linear Way 

track rail temporarily fixed. 

Fig. 24 Fixing of datum side track rail to the bed 

4 Temporary fixing of Linear Way and slide units 

After locating all slide units to their respective table mounting positions, gently place the table on them. 

Temporarily fix Linear Way and slide units to the table. 

5Final fixing of Linear Way slide units 

Fix the Linear Way slide units to the table while correctly fitting the reference mounting surfaces of slide 

units to the mating reference mounting surface of the table. 

6Fixing of Linear Way slide units 

Correctly fix one of the slide units of 

Linear Way in relation to the linear 

motion direction and leave other 

slide units temporarily tightened 

with mounting bolts. (See Fig. 25.) 

Fig. 25 Fixing of the slide units to the table 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

121

7Final fixing of Linear Way track rail 

While moving the table by hand and 

ensuring its smooth movement, fix 

the Linear Way track rail to the 

bed with the mounting bolts. During 

this procedure, tighten the mounting 

bolt immediately behind the fixed 

slide unit of Linear Way , while 

progressively moving the table from 

one rail end to the other. (See Fig. 26.) 

Fig. 26 Fixing of attendant side track rail 

8 Final fixing of other Linear Way slide units 

Fix all Linear Way slide units that have been left temporarily fixed to the table. 

122

Example 2 Operation requiring accurate movement and rigidity 


Reference 



Table 

Bed 




When machines using Linear Way require high running accuracy and rigidity, prepare two mating reference 

mounting surfaces on the bed and one mating reference mounting surface on the table, then perform the 

following procedure. (See Fig. 27.) 

1Cleaning of mounting surfaces and reference mounting surfaces 


mounting surfaces and reference 


using an oil-stone, etc., and then 

wipe the surfaces with clean cloth. 

(See Fig. 28.) 


from Linear Way reference mounting 

surfaces and mounting surfaces with 

clean cloth. 


2Temporary fixing of Linear Wayandtrack rails 


surfaces of Linear Wayand 

track rails onto the mating reference 

mounting surfaces of the bed, and 

temporarily fix the track rails with 

mounting bolts. (See Fig. 29.) 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

123

3 Final fixing of Linear Wayand track rails 

Firmly press the reference mounting 

surface of Linear Waytrack rail to 

the mating reference surface of the 

bed with pressure plates or pressure 

screws. Tighten the mounting bolt of 

the track rail at the pressure plate or 

screw position from one end of the 

track rail to the other in succession. 


Fix Linear Waytrack rail in the same 

way. 

Fig. 30 Fixing of track rail using pressure plate 

4 Temporary fixing of Linear Wayandslide units 

After locating all slide units to their respective table mounting positions, gently place the table on them. 

Temporarily fix Linear Wayandslide units to the table. 

5 Final fixing of Linear Wayslide units 

Fix the Linear Wayslide units to the table while correctly fitting the reference mounting surfaces of the 

slide units to the mating reference mounting surface of the table using pressure plates or pressure 

screws. 

6 Final fixing of Linear Wayslide units 

Move the table by hand to ensure 

smooth movement, then fix the 

Linear Wayslide units to the table 

with mounting bolts. (See Fig. 31.) 

Fig.31 Fixing of slide units to the table 

124

Example 3 Separate mounting of slide units from track rails 

Linear Way 

Reference 


Linear Way 

Table 

Bed 



When the slide units assembled on the track rail cannot be securely fixed to the table due to table 

construction, prepare one reference mounting surface on the bed and two reference mounting surfaces on 

the table, then proceed as follows. (See Fig. 32.) 

1 Cleaning of mounting surfaces 








from Linear Way reference mounting 

surfaces and mounting surfaces 



2 Temporary fixing of Linear Wayand track rails 


surface of Linear Waytrack rail 

onto the mating reference mounting 

surface of the bed, and temporarily 

fix the track rail with mounting bolts. 


During installation, ensure that the 

track rail mounting bolts do not 

interfere with the mounting holes. 

Temporarily fix Linear Waytrack 

rail onto the bed. 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

125

3 Final fixing of Linear Waytrack rail 

Firmly push the reference mounting 

surface of Linear Way track rail to 

the mating reference mounting 

surface of the bed using a small vise 

or clamp. Tighten the track rail 

mounting bolt at the position of the 

vise or clamp. Fix the track rail by 

progressively moving the vise or 

clamp from one rail end to the other. 


At this stage, leave Linear Waytrack 

rail temporarily fixed. 

Fig. 35 Fixing of track rail 

4 Separation of slide units from track rails 

After noting the respective markings which identify correct assembly positions of slide units on Linear 

Wayand track rails, separate slide units from track rails. 

5 Fixing of Linear Wayandslide units 


surfaces of Linear Wayandslide 

units to the mating reference mounting 

surfaces of the table and fix the slide 

units as shown in the figure. (See Fig. 

36.) 

Fig. 36 Fixing of slide unit 

6 Installing slide units on track rails 

Gently and gradually install the slide units which are fixed on the table onto the track rails which are fixed 

or temporarily tightened on the bed. Take care to maintain parallelism of the table to the track rails as 

the table is slid onto the rails. 

7 Fixing of Linear Way track rail 

Fix the track rail of Linear Waywhile checking the smooth motion by moving the table. At this time, 

tighten the mounting bolt right behind the fixed slide unit of Linear Wayjust passed. Fix the track rail 

by repeating this procedure from one rail end to the other. 

126

Example 4 Assembly of Linear Way Module 

Slide member 

Slide member 


Table 

Bed 

Reference 


Track rail 

Reference 


Track rail 


Generally, two sets of Linear Way Modules are used in parallel as shown in Fig. 36. They are usually mounted 

according to the following procedure. (See Fig. 37.) 

1 Cleaning of mounting surfaces 








from Linear Way Module reference 

mounting surfaces and mounting 

surfaces with clean cloth. 


2 Fixing of track rails 


surfaces of Track Railsandto the 

reference mounting surfaces of the 

bed and bring them in close contact 

using a small vise, etc. Tighten the 

mounting bolt at the position of the 

vise. (See Fig. 39.) 

Fig. 39 Fixing of track rail 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

127

3 Fixing of slide members 

Tighten the mounting bolts and fix the 

slide memberto the table while 

correctly fitting the reference mounting 

surface of the slide member to the 

mating reference mounting surface of 

the table. Temporarily fix the slide 

member(See Fig. 40.) 

Slide member 

Slide member 

Fig. 40 Fixing of slide members 

4 Installing slide members on track rails 

Gently and gradually install the slide members fixed to the table onto the track rails fixed to the bed, taking 

care to maintain parallelism between the table and the track rails. 

5 Final fixing of slide member 

While measuring the clearance with a 

dial gauge as shown in Fig. 41, tighten 

all preload adjusting screws starting 

from the screw in the center. 

When the dial gauge indicates no 

deflection while the table is pushed 

to right and left in the direction 

perpendicular to the rails, the preload 

is zero or very light. 

After adjusting preload, fix slide 

members by tightening the 

mounting bolts. 

Fig. 41 Preload adjustment 

Fig. 42 Example of preload adjustment checking method 

128

Mounting methods of datum track rail 

The following methods may be used to mount the datum track rails of Linear Way and Linear Roller 

Way. Select the method most suited to the specifications of the machine or equipment. 

1 Use of mating reference mounting surface of bed 

Firmly push the reference mounting surface of the track rail against the mating reference mounting surface of 

the bed using a small vise or clamp. Tighten the mounting bolt at the position of the vise. Fix the track rail by 

repeating this procedure from one end of the rail to the other in succession. 

2 Use of a temporary reference surface 

Prepare a temporary reference surface 

near the mounting surface of the bed 

and temporarily fix the track rail. Next, 

fix an indicator stand on the top face of 

the slide unit as shown in Fig. 43. Apply 

the indicator probe to the temporary 

reference surface and fix the track rail 

by tightening the mounting bolts in 

succession from one end of the track 

rail to the other while checking the 

straightness of the slide unit movement. 

Fig. 43 Mounting by using a temporary reference surface 

3 Use of straight-edge 

After temporarily fixing the track rail, 

apply an indicator probe to the 

reference mounting surface of the track 

rail as shown in Fig. 44. Tighten the 

mounting bolts one by one, while 

progressively checking the straightness 

of the track rail in reference to the 

straight-edge from one end of the track 

rail to the other. 

Fig. 44 Mounting by using a straight-edge 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

129

Mounting methods of attendant track rail 

The following methods may be used to mount the attendant track rail. Select the method most suited to the 

specifications of the machine or equipment. 

1 Use of reference mounting surface 

Firmly push the reference mounting surface of the track rail against the reference mounting surface of the bed 

using a pressure plate or small vise. Fix the track rail by tightening the mounting bolt at the position of the 

pressure plate or vise. Tighten the mounting bolts one by one starting from one end of the track rail to the 

other. 

2 Use of mounted datum track rail as the reference 

Fix the datum track rail correctly, fix one attendant slide unit correctly in the direction of motion, and 

temporarily fix the other slide units and the attendant track rail. Then, fix the attendant track rail by tightening 

the mounting bolts one by one from one end of the track rail to the other while checking the smooth 

movement. 

3 Use of straight-edge 

After fixing the track rail temporarily, apply the indicator probe to the reference mounting surface of the track 

rail (as shown in Fig. 44). While checking the straightness in reference to the straight-edge, fix the attendant 

track rail by tightening the mounting bolts one by one from one end of the track rail to the other. 

4 Use of datum side Linear Way 

As shown in Fig. 45, set an indicator 

stand on the top face of the datum 

slide unit and apply the indicator probe 

to the reference mounting surface of 

the attendant track rail. While checking 

parallelism of the two rails, fix the 

attendant rail by tightening mounting 

bolts one by one from one end of the 

track rail to the other. 

Fig. 45 Mounting by using Linear Way of datum side 

130

Mounting method for butt-jointing track rails 

When using butt-jointing track rails, indicate whether a butt-jointing track rail of special specification (noninterchangeable 

specification, supplemental code "/A") or a butt-jointing interchangeable track rail 

(interchangeable specification, supplemental code "/T") is to be mounted. 

For butt-jointing track rails of non-interchangeable specification, a match mark as shown in Fig. 46 is 

indicated on the top face of track rail end. Procedures for mounting jointing track rails are generally as follows. 

(1) Two jointed track rails (2) Three or more jointed track rails 

4A 

4A 

4A1 

4A1 

4A2 

4A2 

4B 

4B 

4B1 

4B1 

4B2 

4B2 

Fig. 46 Butt-jointing match marks 

1 Joint the track rails end-to-end in accordance with the match marks, and temporarily fix the rails onto the 

bed. The butt-jointing interchangeable track rail of interchangeable specification does not require matching 

butt-jointing rail ends, because the rail is prepared for free combination. 

2 Fit the reference mounting surfaces 

of the track rails onto the reference 

mounting surface of the bed, then fix 

all track rails one by one. While 

performing this procedure, tightly 

press the reference mounting surface 

of each track rail with a small vise, etc. 

against the reference mounting 

surface of the bed at the butt-jointing 

position so that the track rails at the 

butt-jointing position are connected 

without a step. (See Fig. 47.) 

Fig. 47 Fixing of butt-jointing track rails 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

131

Linear Way and Linear Roller Way 

Description of each series and Table of dimensions 

C-Sleeve Linear WayL 

Linear WayL 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 



 

 

In the table of dimensions, standard products are referred to using identification 

numbers marked with . The identification numbers marked with refer 

to our semi-standard products. 

133

Long-Term Maintenance Free Series 

U.S. PATENTED 


ML 

C-Sleeve Linear Way L is a linear motion rolling guide, incorporating the C-Sleeve as a 

component part for lubrication in the slide unit of miniature type Linear Way L series to achieve 

maintenance free operations for a long period of time. 

Long-term maintenance free 

The lubricant in the C-Sleeve keeps the lubrication 

performance for a long period of time and achieves 

long-term maintenance free operations (5 years or 

20,000km). So man-hours for troublesome lubrication 

control can be reduced. 


The metal components are manufactured from 

corrosion resistant stainless steel. So this series is 

most suitable for use in clean rooms and also for 

applications where the use of lubricants and rust 

preventive oil should be avoided or kept to a minimum. 

Lightweight and compact 

The C-Sleeve is incorporated in the lightweight and 

compact slide unit of miniature type Linear Way L series 

without changing the external dimensions of the slide 

unit. 


The slide unit incorporates ball retaining bands, which 

prevent steel balls from dropping when the slide unit is 

separated from the tack rail. So handling is easy. 

Smooth and light motion 

As the C-Sleeve is not in contact with the track rail, 

frictional resistance does not increase. A smooth and 

light linear motion is ensured. 

U.S. PATENT No. 5,435,649 

No. 5,289,779 

No. 5,250,126 

No. 4,505,522 

Track rail 

Casing 

C-Sleeve 

Steel ball 


End plate 

End seal 

Grease nipple 

Slide unit 

Structure of C-Sleeve Linear Way L 

134

Identification number and specification 

The specification of C-Sleeve Linear Way L is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a model 

code, a size, a part code, a preload symbol, a classification symbol and any supplemental codes. For 

details of each specification, see page 74. 

Assembled set ML 12 C1 R200 T1 P 

/U 

1 

Series 

Model code 

2 

Size of rolling guide 

Size 

3 

4 



Part code 

5 



6 

Accuracy class 

Classification symbol 

7 



1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

135

1 

Series 

ML 

2 


91215 

3 


C 

Indicate the number of slide units assembled on one 

track rail. 

4 


R 

Indicate the length of track rail in mm. For standard 

and maximum lengths, see "Track rail length" on 

page 139. 

5 


Clearance 

Standard 

Light preload 

T0 

No symbol 

T1 

For details of preload amount, see page 82. 

6 


High 

Precision 

H 

P 

For details of accuracy, see page 77. 

7 


For applicable special specifications, see Table 1. 

When several special specifications are required, 

see Table 2. For details of special specifications, 

see page 83. 

136

Table 1 Special specifications 

Butt-jointing track rail 


Opposite reference surfaces arrangement 



Black chrome surface treatment (track rail) 

No end seal 


Under seals 


Supplemental 

code 

A 

D 

E 

! 

LR 

N 

S 

U 

W 

Dimension 

See Table 3. 

See Table 4. 

Table 2 Combination of special specifications 

D 

E 

! 

LR 

 

 

N 

S 

U 

W 

 

 

 

A D E ! LR N S U 

Remark 1 : In the table, the mark - indicates that this combination cannot be made. 

2 : When several special specifications are required, arrange the supplemental codes alphabetically. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

137

Table 3 Track rail with stopper pins (Supplemental code /S) 

a 

c 

unit : mm 

Model number 

ML 9 

ML 12 

ML 15 

a b c 

2.5 

3 

2 

4 

Table 4 H1 dimension of slide unit with under seals 

(Supplemental code /U) 

H1 

b 

unit : mm 

Model number 

ML 9 

ML 12 

ML 15 

H1 

1 

2 

3 

138

Track rail length 

Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Table 5. Track rails in any length are also 

available. Simply indicate the necessary length of track rail in mm in the identification number. For the 

tolerances of E dimension and track rail length, consult for further information. 

For track rails longer than the maximum length shown in Table 5, butt-jointing track rails are available 

upon request. In this case, indicate "/A" in the identification number. 

E dimensions at both ends are the same and are within the standard range of E unless otherwise 

specified. To change these dimensions, specify the specified rail mounting hole positions "/E" of 

special specification. For details, see page 85. 

Table 5 Standard and maximum lengths of track rails 

n (Number of mounting holes) 

E 

F 

L 

E 

Item 

Model number 

ML 9 ML 12 

ML 15 

unit : mm 

Standard length Ln 

Pitch of mounting holes F 

E 

Standard range 

of E 1 

Maximum length 1 

incl. 

under 

Maximum number of butt-jointing 

track rails 

Maximum length of butt-jointing 

track rails 

60 3 100 4 80 2 

80 4 150 6 160 4 

120 6 200 8 240 6 

22011 27511 320 8 

28014 35014 44011 

47519 

56014 

68017 

20 25 40 

10 12.5 20 

4.5 5 5.5 

14.5 17.5 25.5 

860 1 000 1 000 

1 200 1 450 1 480 

2 2 2 

1 660 1 925 1 880 

Note( 1 ) : Not applicable to the track rail with stopper pins (/S). 

Remark : Track rails with the maximum lengths shown in parentheses can also be manufactured. Consult 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

139



ML 

L4 

L1 

4M1depth 

W2 

W2 

L3 

W4 

W3 

Oil hole 

W4 

W3 

d4 

L2 

H4 

H 

H 

h 

H3 

H1 

H3 

N 

W 

H1 

N 

W 

d3 

ML09 

ML12 

ML15 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

ML 9 

ML 12 

ML 15 

Slide unit 

18 

34 

63 

Mass (Ref.) 

g 

Track rail 

(per 100 mm) 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 

Dimensions of slide unit 

mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1depth 

35 10 2 5.5 20 15 2.5 30 10 20.8 M33 

65 13 3 7.5 27 20 3.5 34 15 21.6 M33.5 

107 16 4 8.5 32 25 3.5 42 20 27.9 47 M34 

Dimensions of track rail 

mm 

H3 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

Mounting bolt for 

track rail 

mm 

Bolt sizelength 

Basic dynamic 

load rating( 2 ) 

Basic static 


Static moment rating( 2 ) 

C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

2.2 19 16 3.5 6.5 3.5 10.5 20 M3 8 1 610 2 860 13.3 

2.7 12 18 3.5 6.5 4.5 12.5 25 M3 8 2 960 4 450 27.6 

3.1 15 10 3.5 6.5 4.5 20.5 40 M310 4 390 6 730 51.8 

9.4 7.9 

53.0 44.5 

16.0 13.4 

96.6 81.1 

30.8 25.9 

178 149 

Note( 1 ) : Track rail lengths are shown in Table 5 on page 139. 

( 2 ) : The directions of basic dynamic load rating (C), basic static load rating (C0) and static moment rating (T0, TX, TY) are shown in the sketches 

below. 

The upper values in the TX and TY columns apply to one slide unit, and the lower values apply to two slide units in close contact. 

Remark : The appended track rail mounting bolts are stainless steel hexagon socket head bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent. 

Example of identification number (For details, see "Identification number and specification".) 

ML 12 C2 R275 T1 P /U 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

ML 

Size of 

rolling guide 


(Two slide units) 

Length of track rail (275 millimeters) 


Clearance : T0 

Standard : No symbol 

Light preload : T1 


Under seals 


High : H 

Precision : P 

140 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

141


U.S. PATENTED 


LWLLWLF 

Linear Way L is a miniature type linear motion rolling guide, incorporating two rows of steel balls 

arranged in four point contact with the raceways. Although it is small in size, it provides stable 

accuracy and rigidity owing to its simple design even in operations under fluctuating loads with 

changing direction and magnitude or complex loads. The standard products are made from stainless 

steel, and a wide range of variations in shapes and sizes are available for selections suitable for each 

application. 


The ball-retained type includes interchangeable 

specification products. The dimensions of slide units 

and track rails of this specification are individually 

controlled, so that the slide units and track rails can be 

combined, added or exchanged freely. 

Standard type and wide rail type 

Slide units and track rails are provided in two widths: 

standard type and wide rail type. The wide rail type is 

suitable for single row rail arrangement. 


The slide unit of stainless steel, ball retained type is 

further classified into three types: short type, standard 

type and high rigidity long type. All of these slide units 

are equal in sectional dimensions but different in slide 

unit lengths, which can be selected suiting the 

requirements in each application. 

Stainless steel type and high carbon steel type 

The stainless steel type has excellent corrosion 

resistance and is most suitable for machines and 

equipment used in clean environments, for example, 

medical equipment, disk read devices, and semiconductor 

manufacturing equipment. 

The high carbon steel type permits additional working to 

track rails and is used for general purpose applications 

such as material transfer machines and handling 

equipment. 


The slide unit of ball retained type incorporates ball 

retaining bands, which prevent steel balls from dropping 

when the slide unit is separated from the track rail. So 

handling is easy. 

Tapped rail specification 

In addition to the standard specification track rail which 

is fixed by inserting bolts downward in the mounting 

holes, the tapped rail specification track rail that has 

tapped screw holes is available, so an optimum 

mounting direction can be selected, giving more 

freedom in machine design. 

Track rail 

Casing 

Steel ball 


End plate 

End seal 

Grease nipple 

Slide unit 

Structure of Linear Way L Ball Retained Type 

U.S. PATENT No. 5,435,649 

No. 5,289,779 

No. 5,250,126 

No. 4,652,147 

No. 4,505,522 

142

Linear Way L series 

Shape 


Model 

Short 

LWLCB 

LWLCN 

LWLC 

Standard type 

Standard 

LWLB 

LWLN 

LWLBCS 

LWL 

LWLCS 

High rigidity long 

LWLGB 

LWLGN 


Short 

LWLFCB 

LWLFCN 

LWLFC 

Wide rail type 

Standard 

LWLFB 

LWLFN 

LWLFBCS 

LWLF 

LWLFCS 


LWLFGB 

LWLFGN 

Remark 1 : Models with "B" are ball retained type and include interchangeable products. 

2 : Models with "N" are tapped rail specification. 

3 : Models with "CS" are high carbon steel type. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

143


The specification of Linear Way L is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a model code, a 

size, a part code, a material symbol, a preload symbol, a classification symbol, an interchangeable code 

and any supplemental codes. For details of each specification, see page 74. 


Slide unit LWL C 12 C1 B T1 P S1 /U 

Track rail( 1 ) LWL 12 R200 B P S1 

Assembled set LWL C 12 C1 R200 B T1 P S1 /U 


Assembled set LWL C 12 C1 R200 B T1 P /U 

1 Series 

2 


Model 

code 

3 

Structure 

4 


Size 

5 

6 



Part code 

7 

Material 


8 



9 



10 


Interchangeable code 

11 

Special specification Supplemental code 

Note( 1 ) : For the model code of a single track rail of interchangeable specification, indicate "LWLB" or "LWLFB" regardless of the slide unit type to 

be combined. 

144

1 Series 

Standard type 

Wide rail type 

LWL 

LWLF 

2 Length of slide unit 

3 Structure 

Short 

C 

Standard 

No symbol 

High rigidity long G 

Ball retained type B 

Ball non-retained type No symbol 

Tapped rail specificationN 

For available slide unit models, materials 

and sizes, see Tables 1.1, 1.2, 2.1 and 

2.2. 

The track rails of the size 2 and 3 models 

are of the tapped rail specification, but 

"N" is not attached to the model code. 

4Size of rolling guide 

5 Number of slide units 

Assembled set 

Slide unit 

C 

C1 

For an assembled set, indicate the number of slide 

units assembled on one track rail. For a slide unit, 

only "C1" can be indicated. 

6Length of track rail 

Assembled set 

Track rail 

R 

R 



page 152. 

7 Material 

Stainless steel made No symbol 

High carbon steel made CS 

For applicable material types, see Tables 1.1, 1.2, 2.1 

and 2.2. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

145

Table 1.1 Models and sizes of Linear Way L standard type (Ball retained type) 

Size 

Model 

Standard rail specification 


High carbon steel made 



Short 

Standard High rigidity long Standard 

Short Standard High rigidity long 

LWLCB LWLB LWLGB LWLBCS LWLCN LWLN LWLGN 

Remark : The mark indicates that interchangeable specification products are available. 

Table 1.2 Models and sizes of Linear Way L standard type (Ball non-retained type) 

Size 

5 

7 

9 

12 

15 

20 

25 

Model 

2 

3 

5 

7 

9 

12 

15 

 

 

 

 

 

 






Standard Standard 

Short 

Standard 

LWL LWLCS LWLC LWL 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 2.1 Models and sizes of Linear Way L wide rail type (Ball retained type) 

Size 

Model 




Short 

Standard High rigidity long Standard 

Short Standard High rigidity long 

LWLFCB LWLFB LWLFGB LWLFBCS LWLFCN LWLFN LWLFGN 


Table 2.2 Models and sizes of Linear Way L wide rail type (Ball non-retained type) 

Size 

10 

14 

18 

24 

30 

42 

Model 

4 

6 

14 

18 

24 

42 






Short 

Standard Standard 

Short Standard 

LWLFC LWLF LWLFCS LWLFCN LWLFN 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

146

8 Preload amount 

Clearance T0 

Standard No symbol 

Light preload T1 

Specify this item for an assembled set or a single 

slide unit. For applicable preload amount, see Table 

3. For details of preload amount, see page 82. 

Table 3 Applicable preload types 

Size 

Preload type 

Clearance Standard Light preload 

Standard type Wide rail type 

T0 No symbol T1 

2 

4 

3 

6 

5 

10 

7 

14 

9 

18 

12 

24 

15 

30 

20 

42 

25 

 

Remark : The mark indicates that it is also applicable to interchangeable specification products. 

9 Accuracy class 

High 

Precision 

H 

P 

For the interchangeable specification, combine slide 

units and track rails of the same class. For details 

of accuracy, see page 77. 

10 Interchangeable code 

Select group 1 S1 


Specify this item for the interchangeable 

specification products. Assemble track rails and 

slide units with the same interchangeable code. 

Performance and accuracy of S1group and S2 

group are the same. 

11 Special specification 



see Table 5. 

For details of special specifications, see page 83. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

147








Black chrome surface treatment (track rail) 

Changed sizes of mounting holes and female threads 

No end seal 

Capillary plates 

Seals for special environment 


Under seals 



Supplemental 

code 

A 

BS 

D 

E 

! 

LR 

M 

N 

Q 

RE 

S 

U 

W 

Y 

Note( 1 ) : Not applicable to high carbon steel type. 

( 2 ) : Not applicable to tapped rail specification products. 

( 3 ) : Not applicable to size 2, 3, 4 and 6 models. 

( 4 ) : Not applicable to ball non-retained type. 

( 5 ) : Not applicable to size 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 10 models. 

( 6 ) : Applicable to size 5, 9, 12, 14 and 18 models of stainless 

steel made ball non-retained type. 

Assembled set Track rail Slide unit Dimension 

1 2 3 

4 10 

 

 

 

5 

2 6 See Table. 

 

4 See Table. 

4 7 

See Table. 

8 9 See Table . 

 

 


( 8 ) : Not applicable to size 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10 and 14 models. 


( 10 ) : Not applicable to size 2, 3, 4, 6, and 25 models. 

Remark : In the table, the mark indicates that it is also applicable 

to interchangeable specification products. 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BS 

D 

E 

 

LR 

M 

N 

Q 

RE 

S 

U 

W 

Y 

A 

BS 

D 

E 

 

LR 

M 

N 

Q 

RE 

S 

Remark 1 : In the table, the mark indicates that it is also applicable to interchangeable specification products. 

2 : In the table, the mark - indicates that this combination cannot be made. 

3 : When several special specifications are combined, arrange the supplemental codes alphabetically. 

U 

W 

148

Table 6 Changed sizes of mounting holes and female threads (Supplemental code /M) 

nM1depth 

d4 

L2 

h 

d3 

unit : mm 

Model number 

nM1depth 

L2 d3 d4 h 

Track rail 

mounting bolt 

LWL 5 … /M2 2M22 7 2.4 3.6 1 M26 

LWL 9 … /M3 4M32.5 10 3.5 6 3.5 M38 

LWL 12 … /M3 4M33 15 3.5 6.5 4.5 M310 

LWLF 14 … /M3 4M33 10 3.5 6 3.2 M3 6 

LWLF18 … /M3 4M33 12 3.5 6.5 4.5 M3 8 

Remark : The values marked with an asterisk () are the same as those of the standard products. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

149

Table 7 Slide unit with capillary plates (Supplemental code /Q) 


L4 

L1 


unit : mm 

Model number L1 L4 Model number L1 L4 

LWLC 5 … B 

LWL 5 … B 

LWLC 7 … B 

LWL 7 … B 

LWLG 7 … B 

LWLC 9 … B 

LWL 9 … B 

LWLG 9 … B 

LWLC12 … B 

LWL 12 … B 

LWLG12 … B 

LWLC15 … B 

LWL 15 … B 

LWLG15 … B 

LWLC20 … B 

LWL 20 … B 

LWLG20 … B 

LWLC25 … B 

LWL 25 … B 

LWLG25 … B 

22 

25 

27 

31.5 

39 

30 

39 

49 

33 

42 

52 

42 46 

52 57 

67 72 

48 52 

60 65 

78 82 

63.5 74 

87.5 98 

107.5 118 

LWLFC10 … B 

LWLF 10 … B 

LWLFC14 … B 

LWLF 14 … B 

LWLFG 14 … B 

LWLFC18 … B 

LWLF 18 … B 


LWLFC24 … B 

LWLF 24 … B 


LWLFC30 … B 

LWLF 30 … B 


LWLFC42 … B 

LWLF 42 … B 



26.5 

30.5 

30.5 

39.5 

50 

34.5 

47 

58.5 

38.5 

52 

67 

45.5 50 

60 64 

78.5 83 

51.5 56 

65 70 

84.5 89 

150

Table 8 Track rail with stopper pins (Supplemental code /S) 

a 

c 

Table 9 H1 dimension of slide unit with under seals (Supplemental code /U) 

H1 

b 


LWL15B 

LWL17B 

LWL19B 

LWL12B 

LWL15B 

LWL20B 

LWL25B 

Model number 

Ball non-retained type 

LWL15 

LWL17 

LWL19 

LWL12 

LWL15 

 

 

a b c 

2 2 1.6 

2.5 

2.5 3 2 

2.5 3 

2 

4 

3.5 

5 


LWLF10B 

LWLF14B 

LWLF18B 

LWLF24B 

LWLF30B 

LWLF42B 

Model number 


 

LWLF14 

LWLF18 

LWLF24 

 

LWLF42 

Remark : The above table shows representative model numbers but is also applicable to all models of the same size. 

unit : mm 

a b c 

2 1.6 

2.5 3 2 

2.5 2 

2.5 3 2 

4 

5 

Model number 

Ball retained type Ball non-retained type 

LWL 9 … B LWL 9 

LWL 12 … B LWL 12 

LWL 15 … B LWL 15 

LWL 20 … B 

 

LWL 25 … B 

 

Note( 1 ) : This dimension is the same as that without under seals. 

Remark : The above table shows representative model numbers but is applicable to all models of the same size. 

H1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5( 1 ) 

Model number 

Ball retained type Ball non-retained type 

LWLF 18 … B LWLF 18 

LWLF 24 … B LWLF 24 

LWLF 30 … B 

 

LWLF 42 

LWLF 42 … B 

 

unit : mm 

H1 

2 

3 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

151


Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Tables 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3. Track rails in any 

length are also available. Simply indicate the necessary length of track rail in mm in the identification number. 

For the tolerances of E dimension and track rail length, consult for further information. 

For non-interchangeable track rails longer than the maximum length shown in Tables 10.1, 10.2 and 

10.3, butt-jointing track rails are available upon request. In this case, indicate "A" in the identification 

number. 


specified. To change these dimensions, specify the specified rail mounting hole positions "E" of 


Table 10.1 Standard and maximum lengths of stainless steel track rails (Standard type) 


Item 

Standard lengthLn 

E 


of E ( 1 ) 

Maximum length( 2 ) 

Maximum number of butt-jointing track rails 

Maximum length of butt-jointing track rails 

Model number 

Item 

E 


of E ( 1 ) 


Model number 


E 



incl. 

under 

incl. 

under 



F 

L 

E 

unit : mm 

LWL 5 … B LWL 7 … B LWL 9 … B 

LWL 2 LWL 3 LWL 5 LWL 7 LWL 9 

32( 4) 30( 3) 060( 4) 060( 4) 60( 3) 

40( 5) 40( 4) 090( 6) 090( 6) 080( 4) 

56( 7) 60( 6) 105( 7) 120( 8) 120( 6) 

080(10) 080( 8) 120( 8) 150(10) 160( 8) 

100(10) 150(10) 180(12) 220(11) 

240(16) 280(14) 

8 10 15 15 20 

4 5 7.5 7.5 10 

2.5 3 4 4.5 4.5 

6.5 8 11.5 12 14.5 

104 150 210 300 0 860 

(200) (300) (510) (990) (1 200) 

5 7 2 

915 1 905 1 660 

LWL 12 … B LWL 15 … B LWL 20 … B LWL 25 … B 

LWL 12 LWL 15 

100( 4) 160( 4) 180( 3) 240( 4) 

150( 6) 240( 6) 240( 4) 300( 5) 

200( 8) 320( 8) 360( 6) 360( 6) 

275(11) 440(11) 480( 8) 480( 8) 

350(14) 560(14) 660(11) 660(11) 

475(19) 680(17) 840(14) 900(15) 

25 40 60 60 

12.5 20 30 30 

5 5.5 8 9 

17.5 25.5 38 39 

1 000 1 000 960 960 

(1 450) (1 480) (1 800) (1 800) 

2 2 2 2 

1 925 1 880 1 740 1 740 


( 2 ) : The track rails of LWL 2, LWL 3 and LWL B can be manufactured up to the maximum lengths shown in parentheses. 


Remark 1 : The above table shows representative model numbers but is applicable to all models of the same size. 

2 : "Maximum number of butt-jointing track rails" and "Maximum length of butt-jointing track rails" do not apply to the track rails of 

interchangeable specification and tapped rail specification. 

152

Table 10.2 Standard and maximum lengths of stainless steel track rails (Wide rail type) 

n(Number of 

mounting holes) 

2n(Number of 


Item 

E 

F 



E 


of E ( 1 ) 



L 

Model number 



Item 

Model number 


E 


of E ( 1 ) 


incl. 

under 

incl. 

under 



E 

LWLF 42B 

LWLF 42 

unit : mm 

LWLF 10 … B LWLF 14 … B 

LWLF 4 LWLF 6 LWLF 14 

40(4) 60(4) 60( 3) 90( 3) 

60(6) 90(6) 80( 4) 120( 4) 

70(7) 105(7) 120( 6) 150( 5) 

80(8) 120(8) 160( 8) 180( 6) 

100(10) 150(10) 220(11) 240( 8) 

280(14) 300(10) 

10 15 20 30 

5 7.5 10 15 

3.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 

8.5 12 14.5 20.5 

180 240 300 300 

(300) (300) (500) (990) 

7 8 

1 840 1 950 

LWLF 18 … B LWLF 24 … B LWLF 30 … B LWLF 42 … B 

LWLF 18 LWLF 24 LWLF 42 

90( 3) 120( 3) 160( 4) 160( 4) 

120( 4) 160( 4) 240( 6) 240( 6) 

150( 5) 240( 6) 320( 8) 320( 8) 

180( 6) 320( 8) 440(11) 440(11) 

240( 8) 400(10) 560(14) 560(14) 

300(10) 480(12) 680(17) 680(17) 

30 40 40 40 

15 20 20 20 

5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 

20.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 

690 680 680 680 

(1 860) (1 960) (2 000) (2 000) 

3 3 3 3 

1 920 1 840 1 840 1 840 


( 2 ) : The track rails of LWLF 4, LWLF 6 and LWLFB can be manufactured up to the maximum lengths shown in parentheses. 



2 : "Maximum number of butt-jointing track rails" and "Maximum length of butt-jointing track rails" do not apply to the track rails of 

interchangeable specification and tapped rail specification. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

153

Table 10.3 Standard and maximum lengths of high carbon steel track rails (Standard type, Wide rail type) 

n(Number of 


2n(Number of 


E 

F 

L 

E 

LWLF 42BCS 

LWLF 42 CS 

Item 

Item 



E 


of E ( 1 ) 

Maximum length 

Model number 

incl. 

under 

Model number 



E 


of E ( 1 ) 


incl. 

under 

unit : mm 

LWL 9 … BCS LWL 12 … BCS LWL 15 … BCS LWL 20 … BCS 

LWL 12 … CS LWL 15 … CS 

80(4) 100(4) 160(4) 180(3) 

160(8) 200(8) 320(8) 240(4) 

220(11) 275(11) 440(11) 360(6) 

280(14) 350(14) 560(14) 480(8) 

380(19) 475(19) 680(17) 660(11) 

500(25) 600(24) 800(20) 900(15) 

600(30) 700(28) 920(23) 1 020(17) 

20 25 40 60 

10 12.5 20 30 

4.5 5 5.5 8 

14.5 17.5 25.5 38 

1 000 1 500 1 520 1 560 

LWLF 18 … BCS LWLF 24 … BCS LWLF 30 … BCS LWLF 42 … BCS 

LWLF 18 … CS LWLF 24 … CS LWLF 42 … CS 

90(3) 120(3) 160(4) 160(4) 

180(6) 240(6) 320(8) 320(8) 

240(8) 320(8) 440(11) 440(11) 

300(10) 400(10) 560(14) 560(14) 

420(14) 600(15) 680(17) 680(17) 

510(17) 720(18) 800(20) 800(20) 

600(20) 800(20) 920(23) 920(23) 

30 40 40 40 

15 20 20 20 

5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 

20.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 

1 500 1 520 1 600 1 600 



154

Mounting bolt 

Mounting bolts for the slide unit and the track rail of tapped rail specification are available as shown in Table 

11.1 and 11.2. Consult for further information. 

Table 11.1 Cross recessed head screw for precision equipment 

dk 

k 

Bolt size(d ) 

M1 

M1.4 1 

M1.6 1 

M2 1 

Dimension 

Pitch of screw(P ) 

dk 

k 

0.25 1.8 0.45 345 

0.3 2.5 0.8 2.534 

0.35 2.8 0.85 456 

0.4 3.5 1 345 

Note( 1 ) : Based on "Cross recessed head screw (#0) for precision equipment" of Japan Camera Industry Standard (JCIS)10-70 

Remark : Dimensions of the screws shown in the above table are different from those of the appended mounting bolts for track rail. 

unit : mm 

Table 11.2 Hexagon socket head bolt 

t 

s 

dk 

k 

Bolt size(d ) 

Pitch of screw(P ) 

M1.4 

M1.6 1 

M2 1 

Note( 1 ) : Based on JIS B 1176 

unit : mm 

Dimension 

dk k s t 

0.3 2.6 1.4 1.3 0.6 2.534 

0.35 3 1.6 1.5 0.7 456 

0.4 3.8 2 1.5 1 345 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

155

Linear Way L : Standard type 


LWLCB 

LWLB 

LWLGB 


LWLCN 

LWLN 

LWLGN 


LWLC 

LWL 

H 

H1 

W2 

N W N 

LWL2 

LWLC 3 

LWL3 

H 

H1 

W4 

W2 

W3 

W 

Oil hole 

H3 

d3 


LWL2 

LWLC 3 

LWL3 

LWLN 

H4 

h 

E 

d4 

2M1depth 

d3 

F 

L1 

L3 

LWLCB 

LWL5 B 

L 3 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1depth 

2M1depth 

LWL2,LWLC3, 

LWL3,LWL5 

E 

Model number 

LWL 

2 1 

LWLC 3 1 

LWL 

3 1 

LWLC 5B 

LWLC 5N 

LWL 

LWL 

LWL 5 

5B 

5N 

LWLC 7B 

LWLC 7N 

LWL 

LWL 

7B 

7N 

LWLG 7B 

LWLG 7N 

LWL 7 


 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : Size 2 and 3 models are not provided with end seals. 

( 2 ) : Prepare track rail mounting bolts with a fixing depth less than H4. 

( 3 ) : Track rail lengths are shown in Table 10.1 on page 152 and Table 10.3 on page 154. 

( 4 ) : The directions of basic dynamic load ratingC, basic static load ratingC0and static moment ratingT0TXTYare shown in the sketches 

below. 

The upper values in theTXandTY columns apply to one slide unit, and the lower values apply to two slide units in close contact. 


2 : The appended bolts for mounting track rails are hexagon socket head bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent, or cross recessed head screws for 

precision equipment. 

For stainless steel type Linear Way L, stainless steel bolts or screws are appended. 

3 : The mounting bolts M2 or smaller are shown on page 155. Consult for further information. 

4 : The ball non-retained type models (LWL2, LWLC3, LWL3, LWL5, LWL7) are not provided with an oil hole. 

CC0 

Slide 

unit 

10 

14 

0.9 

1.0 

1.6 

3.4 

4.4 

4.0 

7.1 

7.0 

Mass(Ref.) 

 

T0 

Track rail 

(per 100 mm) 

12 

13 

12 

13 

12 

22 

24 

22 

24 

22 

24 

24 

2.8 

5.3 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 

TX 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 M1depth 

3.2 0.7 2 6 

4 1 2.5 8 

6 1 3.5 12 

8 1.5 5 17 

 

 

 

8 2 

 

 

 

12 2.5 

TY 

12.4 

12 

16 

16 

19 

19.5 

19 

23.5 

31 

23.5 

4 

3.5 

5.5 

 

7 

 

8 

12 

8 

8.8 

6.7 

10.7 

9.6 

12.6 

9.6 

14.3 

21.6 

14.3 

M1.41.1 

M1.61.3 

M2 1.3 

M2 1.5 

M2.62 

M2 2.5 

Example of identification number of assembled set (For details, see "Identification number and specification".) 

LWL 7 C2 R180 B P S1 /N 

Model code 

LWLCB 

LWLCN 

LWL B 

LWL N 

LWLGB 

LWLGN 

LWLC 

LWL 


mm 


 

 

1.2 

 

1.5 

 

2 2 

3 2.6 

5 3.7 

7 5 

M1 

Through 

M1.6 

Through 

2.4 

M2.5 

Through 

2.4 

M2.5 

Through 

2.4 

Size of 

rolling guide 

 

 

 

 

3.6 0.8 

 

 

3.6 0.8 

 

3.6 1 

 

2.4 

M3 

Through 

2.4 

M3 

Through 

2.4 

M3 

Through 

2.4 

4.2 

 

4.2 

 

4.2 

 

4.2 

2.3 

 

2.3 

 

2.3 

 

2.3 



4 8 

5 10 

7.5 15 

7.5 15 



track rail 

mm 

Bolt size length 

M1 R 2 

(not appended) 

M1.6R 2 


Cross recessed head screw for 

precision equipment M2 6 

M2.5R 2 




M2.5R 2 




Hexagon socket head bolt 

M2 6 

M3 R 2 



M2 6 

M3 R 2 



M2 6 

M3 R 2 



M2 6 

Material 

Stainless steel made : No symbol 

High carbon steel made : CS 


Clearance T0 

Standard: No symbol 


Basic dynamic 

load rating 4 


High H 

Precision P 

Basic static 





Static moment rating 4 

C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

0.56 0.67 

204 395 0.43 

3.0 3.6 

0.41 0.49 

245 375 0.60 

3.0 3.5 

1.0 1.2 

339 609 0.97 

6.1 7.2 

514 872 2.3 

612 1 130 3.0 

541 951 2.5 

856 1 180 4.3 

1 200 1 960 7.2 

1 510 2 750 10.0 

1 060 1 650 6.5 

1.4 1.2 

8.9 7.4 

2.4 2.0 

13.3 11.2 

2.0 2.4 

11.5 13.7 

1.9 1.6 

15.4 12.9 

4.9 4.1 

29.2 24.5 

9.1 7.7 

52.6 44.1 

4.1 4.9 

24.5 29.2 


No end seal 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

156 1mm=0.03937inch 157



LWLCB 

LWLB 

LWLBCS (High carbon steel made) 

LWLGB 


LWLCN 

LWLN 

LWLGN 


LWL 

LWL CS (High carbon steel made) 

H 

H1 

W4 

N 

W2 

W3 

W 

Oil hole 

H3 

d3 


LWLN 

H4 

h 

E 

d4 

2M1depth 

d3 

F 

L1 

L3 

LWLCB 

L 2 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1depth 

E 

Model number 


Slide 

unit 

Mass(Ref.) 

 

Track rail 

(per 100 mm) 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 



mm 



track rail 

mm 


Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

LWLC 9B 

LWLC 9N 

LWL 9B 

LWL 9B CS 

LWL 9N 

LWLG 9B 

LWLG 9N 

LWL 9 

LWLC 12B 

 

 

 

 

 

11 

19 

28 

18 

22 

35 

37 

35 

37 

35 

37 

43 

10 

2 

5.5 

20 

15 

2.5 

21.5 11.9 

30 10 20.8 

40.5 15 30.9 

30 13 19.6 

25 13 

M3 3 

M2 2.5 

2.2 

 

9 

6 

6.5 

3.5 

M4 

Through 

3.5 

M4 

Through 

3.5 

M4 

Through 

2.6 

6 3.5 

 

 

6 3.5 

 

 

6 3.5 

 

4.5 3 

 

10 20 

M3 8 

M4 R 1 


M3 8 

M4 R 1 


M3 8 

M4 R 1 


M2.3 8 

1 070 1 540 7.2 

1 610 2 860 13.3 

2 080 4 180 19.4 

1 950 2 930 14.6 

2 000 2 470 15.3 

3.0 2.5 

22.2 18.6 

9.4 7.9 

53.0 44.5 

19.4 16.3 

102 85.6 

9.7 11.5 

55.3 65.9 

5.5 4.7 

43.3 36.3 

LWL 12B 

LWL 12B CS 

LWLG 12B 

LWL 12 

LWL 12CS 

 

 

 

35 

51 

34 

65 

75 

13 

3 

7.5 

27 

20 

3.5 

34 15 21.6 

44 20 32 

34 15 21 

M3 3.5 

M2.63 

M3 3 

2.7 

 

12 

8 

8.5 

3.5 

3 

3.5 

6.5 4.5 

5.5 3.5 

6.5 4.5 

12.5 25 

M3 8 

M2.610 

M3 10 

2 960 4 450 27.6 

3 780 6 430 39.9 

2 680 3 660 24.2 

16.0 13.4 

96.6 81.1 

31.8 26.7 

174 146 

12.5 14.9 

80.9 96.4 

Note( 1 ) : Prepare track rail mounting bolts with a fixing depth less H4. 


( 3 ) : The directions of basic dynamic load rating (C), basic static load rating (C0) and static moment rating (T0TXTY) are shown in the sketches 

below. 



2 : The appended bolts for mounting track rails are hexagon socket head bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent. 

For stainless steel type Linear Way L, stainless steel bolts are appended. 

3 : The ball non-retained type models (LWL9, LWL12, LWL12CS) are not provided with an oil hole or grease nipple. 

4 : An oil hole is provided for size 9 and 12 models of ball retained type and tapped rail specification products. 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 


LWL 9 C2 R160 B CS 

P S1 /N 

Model code 

LWLCB 

LWLCN 

LWL B 

LWL N 

LWLGB 

LWLGN 

LWL 

Size of 

rolling guide 




Material 




Clearance T0 




High H 

Precision P 





No end seal 

158 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

159



LWLCB 

LWLB 

LWLBCS (High carbon steel made) 

LWLGB 


LWL 

LWL CS (High carbon steel made) 

W4 

W2 

W3 

H3 

d4 

2M1depth 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1depth 

H4 

H1 

h 

H 

N 

W 

d3 

E 

F 

LWLCB 

E 

L 1 

Model number 

LWLC 15B 

LWL 

LWL 

15B 

15B CS 

LWLG 15B 

LWL 15 

LWL 

15CS 

LWLC 20B 

LWL 

LWL 

20B 

20B CS 

LWLG 20B 

LWLC 25B 

LWL 

25B 

LWLG 25B 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : Track rail lengths are shown in Table 10.1 on page 152 and Table 10.3 on page 154. 

( 2 ) : The directions of basic dynamic load rating (C), basic static load rating (C0) and static moment rating (T0TXTY) are shown in the sketches 

below. 





3 : The ball non-retained type models (LWL15, LWL15CS) are not provided with an oil hole or grease nipple. 

CC0 

Slide 

unit 

42 

64 

95 

57 

89 

133 

196 

190 

310 

413 

Mass (Ref.) 

 

T0 

Track rail 

(per 100 mm) 

107 

130 

156 

243 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 

TX 


mm 


16 4 8.5 32 25 3.5 

20 5 10 40 30 5 

25 5 12.5 48 35 6.5 

32 17.7 36 

42 20 27.8 47 

57 25 42.7 62 

42 20 26.8 

38 22.3 42 

50 25 34.6 55 

68 30 52.3 72 

55 31.9 65 

78 35 55.7 89 

98 40 75.5 108 

TY 

M34 

M46 

M67 


LWL 20 C2 R240 B CS 

P S1 /U 

Model code 

LWLCB 

LWL B 

LWLGB 

LWL 


mm 


3.1 

 

4.2 

5 

15 

20 

23 

10 

11 

11 

15 

3.5 6.5 4.5 20 40 

6 9.5 5.5 30 60 

7 11.0 9.0 30 60 

Size of 

rolling guide 





track rail 

mm 


M310 

M312 

M514 

M616 

Material 



Basic dynamic 



Clearance T0 



Basic static 



High H 

Precision P 


C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

3 120 4 040 31.1 

12.1 10.2 

87.6 73.5 

4 390 6 730 51.8 

5 750 10 100 77.7 

4 430 5 900 49.0 

4 070 5 490 56.0 

5 830 9 420 96.1 

7 350 13 300 136 

8 000 11 000 132 

11 600 19 200 232 

14 200 26 100 315 




30.8 25.9 

178 149 

66.2 55.6 

351 294 

25.6 30.5 

160 191 

20.2 16.9 

138 116 

54.6 45.8 

291 244 

106 88.9 

549 461 

59.5 49.9 

387 324 

169 142 

919 771 

304 255 

1 530 1 290 


Under seals 

160 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

161

Linear Way L : Wide rail type 


LWLFCB 

LWLFB 

LWLFGB 


LWLFCN 

LWLFN 

LWLFGN 


LWLFC 

LWLF 

H 

H1 

W4 

N 

W2 

W3 

W 

Oil hole 

H3 

d3 


LWLFN 

H4 

h 

E 

d4 

2M1depth 

d3 

F 

L1 

L3 

LWLFC B 

LWLF10B 

L 3 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1depth 

2M1depth 

LWLF4,LWLFC 6, 

LWLF6 

E 

LWLF 

Model number 

4 1 

LWLFC 6 1 

LWLFC 6N 1 

LWLF 

LWLF 

6 1 

6N 1 

LWLFC 10B 

LWLFC 10N 

LWLF 

LWLF 

10B 

10N 

LWLFC 14B 

LWLFC 14N 

LWLF 

LWLF 

14B 

14N 

LWLFG 14B 

LWLFG 14N 

LWLF 14 


 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : Size 4 and 6 models are not provided with end seals. 

( 2 ) : Prepare track rail mounting bolts with a fixing depth less H4. 



below. 



2 : The appended bolts for mounting track rails are hexagon socket head bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent, or cross-recessed head screws for 


For stainless steel type Linear Way L, stainless steel bolts or screws are appended. 

3 : The mounting bolts M2 or smaller are shown on page 155. Consult for further information. 

4 : The ball non-retained type models (LWLF4, LWLFC6, LWLF6, LWLF14) are not provided with an oil hole. 

CC0 

Slide 

unit 

13 

21 

31 

23 

2.1 

2.4 

3.4 

5.9 

7.5 

Mass (Ref.) 

 

T0 

Track rail 

(per 100 mm) 

13 

12 

13 

12 

28 

29 

28 

29 

54 

56 

54 

56 

54 

56 

53 

6.8 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 

TX 

 


mm 


4 

4.5 

6.5 

9 

1 

1 

1.5 

2 

1.7 

3 10 5 

3 12 6 

3.5 17 13 2 

5.5 25 19 3 

TY 

17 6.5 11.9 

15 4.5 9.8 

20 8 14.6 

20.5 13.6 

 

24.5 17.6 

22.5 13 

31.5 10 22 

42 19 32.5 

31.5 10 21.9 

M2 1.3 

M2 1.6 

M2.51.5 

M3 3 

M2.63 


LWLF 14 C2 R240 B P S1 /N 

Model code 

LWLFCB 

LWLFCN 

LWLF B 

LWLF N 

LWLFGB 

LWLFGN 

LWLFC 

LWLF 


mm 


 

 

1.3 

1.7 

 

4 

6 

10 

14 

2.6 

2.8 

4 

5.5 

5.2 

1.8 

2.4 

M3 

Through 

2.4 

M3 

Through 

2.9 

M3 

Through 

2.9 

M3 

Through 

3.5 

M4 

Through 

3.5 

M4 

Through 

3.5 

M4 

Through 

3.5 

Size of 

rolling guide 

2.8 0.75 

4 1.5 

 

 

4 1.5 

 

 

4.8 1.6 

 

 

4.8 1.6 

 

 

6 3.2 

 

 

6 3.2 

 

 

6 3.2 

 

 

6 3.2 



5.0 10 

7.5 15 

10 20 

15 30 



track rail 

mm 



precision equipment M1.65 



M3 R 2 




M3 R 2 



precision equipment M2.5 7 

M3 R 2 



precision equipment M2.5 7 

M3 R 2 



M3 8 

M4 R 2 



M3 8 

M4 R 2 



M3 8 

M4 R 2 



M3 6 

Material 




Clearance T0 



Basic dynamic 



High H 

Precision P 

Basic static 






C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

373 703 1.5 

321 562 1.7 

421 843 2.6 

643 1 220 6.3 

760 1 570 8.1 

1 120 1 770 12.6 

1 580 2 940 21.0 

2 040 4 320 30.9 

1 390 2 470 18.4 

1.3 1.6 

7.3 8.7 

0.87 1.0 

5.3 6.3 

1.9 2.2 

10.2 12.2 

2.7 2.3 

15.4 13.0 

4.4 3.7 

23.3 19.5 

4.0 3.3 

25.6 21.4 

10.4 8.7 

56.7 47.6 

21.8 18.3 

108 90.8 

8.7 10.4 

47.6 56.7 


No end seal 

162 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

163



LWLFCB 

LWLFB 

LWLFBCS (High carbon steel made) 

LWLFGB 


LWLFCN 

LWLFN 

LWLFGN 


LWLF 

LWLF CS (High carbon steel made) 

H 

H1 

W4 

N 

W2 

W3 

W 

Oil hole 

H3 

d3 


 

H4 

h 

E 

d4 

2M1depth 

d3 

F 

L1 

L3 

LWLFC B 

L 2 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1depth 

E 

Model number 


Slide 

unit 

Mass (Ref.) 

g 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

Track rail 

(per 100 mm) H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 M1depth 


mm 



track rail 

mm 

Bolt sizelength 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

LWLFC 18B 

LWLFC 18N 

 

26 

90 

92 

26.5 16.6 

3.5 

M4 

Through 

6.5 4.5 

 

 

M3 8 

M4R 1 


1 360 2 200 20.1 

5.8 4.8 

37.2 31.3 

LWLF 

LWLF 

LWLF 

18B 

18BCS 

18N 

 

 

44 

90 

92 

12 3 6 30 

21 4.5 

39 12 28.6 

M3 3 

2.5 

18 

7 

3.5 

M4 

Through 

6.5 4.5 

 

 

15 30 

M3 8 

M4R 1 


2 010 3 960 36.2 

17.5 14.7 

93.4 78.4 

LWLFG 18B 

LWLFG 18N 

 

61 

90 

92 

23 3.5 

50.5 24 40.4 

3.5 

M4 

Through 

6.5 4.5 

 

 

M3 8 

M4R 1 


2 500 5 500 50.3 

33.0 27.7 

165 139 

LWLF 18 

LWLF 18CS 

39 

98 

21 4.5 

39 12 27.6 

M2.63 

M3 

3 

 

7.5 

3.5 

6.5 4.5 

M3 8 

2 440 4 100 38.9 

18.2 21.7 

97.9 117 

LWLFC 24B 

LWLF 24B 

LWLF 24BCS 

LWLFG 24B 

LWLF 24 

LWLF 24CS 

 

 

 

 

45 

76 

111 

74 

139 

150 

14 3 8 40 

28 6 

30.5 17.7 

44 15 31 

59 28 46.3 

44 15 31 

M3 3.5 

M3 

3 

3.2 

 

24 

8 

8.5 

4.5 

8 4.5 

20 40 

M410 

2 500 3 460 42.2 

3 780 6 430 78.4 

4 870 9 400 115 

3 510 5 490 69.2 

10.1 8.5 

70.2 58.9 

31.8 26.7 

174 146 

65.6 55.0 

333 280 

26.5 31.6 

150 179 

Note( 1 ) : Prepare track rail mounting bolts with a fixing depth less H4. 


( 3 ) : The directions of basic dynamic load rating C), basic static load rating (C0) and static moment rating (T0, TX, TY) are shown in the sketches 

below. 





3 : The ball non-retained type models (LWLF18, LWLF18CS, LWLF24, LWLF24CS) are not provided with an oil hole or grease nipple. 

4 : An oil hole is provided for size 18 and 24 models of ball retained type and tapped rail specification products. 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 


LWLF 18 C2 R240 B CS 

P S1 /U 

Model code 

LWLFCB 

LWLFCN 

LWLF B 

LWLF N 

LWLFGB 

LWLFGN 

LWLF 

Size of 

rolling guide 




Material 








High : H 

Precision : P 


Select group 1 : S1 



Under seals 

164 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

165



LWLFCB 

LWLFB 

LWLFBCS (High carbon steel made) 

LWLFGB 


LWLF 

LWLF CS (High carbon steel made) 

2M1depth 

L4 

L1 

L4 

L1 

4M1depth 

W2 W2 

L3 L3 

W4 

W3 

W4 

W3 

d4 

L2 

H 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

H3 

H3 

N 

W 

H1 

N 

W6 

W5 

W 

LWLFC 42B 

LWLF42B(CS) 

LWLFG 42B 

LWLF42(CS) 

E 

d3 

F 

LWLFC … B 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

LWLFC 30 … B 

LWLF 30 … B 

LWLF 30 … B CS 


LWLFC 42 … B 

LWLF 42 … B 

LWLF 42 … B CS 


LWLF 42 

LWLF 42 … CS 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Slide 

unit 

Mass (Ref.) 

g 

Track rail 

(per 100 mm) 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1depth H3 W H4 W5 W6 d3 d4 h E F 

70 35.5 20.5 40 

112 198 15 3 10 50 35 7.5 50 18 34.8 54 M44.5 

170 68.5 35 53.8 73 

95 41.5 25.3 46 

140 294 4 55 20 39 60 

16 9 60 45 7.5 M44.5 

204 74.5 35 58.3 79 

140 300 3 55 20 39.5 

 

 

16.0 13.4 

3 460 4 710 71.6 

111 93.2 

3.1 30 9 4.5 8 4.5 20 40 M4 12 

5 230 8 750 133 

6 730 12 800 194 

4 450 6 280 133 

3.2 6 150 10 200 216 

 


mm 

42 10 23 9.5 4.5 8 4.5 20 40 

 


track rail 

mm 

 


M4 12 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


7 910 14 900 316 

5 800 8 850 193 


C C0 T0 TX TY 

50.5 42.4 

269 226 

104 87.4 

526 442 

25.7 21.6 

170 143 

63.6 53.3 

346 290 

131 110 

668 561 

54.3 64.8 

302 360 



below. 





3 : The ball non-retained type modelsLWLF 42LWLF 42CSare not provided with an oil holes or grease nipple. 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 


LWLF 42 C2 R320 B CS 

P S1 /U 

Model code 

LWLFCB 

LWLF B 

LWLFGB 

LWLF 

Size of 

rolling guide 




Material 




Clearance T0 




High H 

Precision P 





Under seals 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

166 1mm=0.03937inch 167


U.S. PATENTED 


LWELWETLWES 

Linear Way E is a linear motion rolling guide, featuring a compact slide unit which performs 

endless linear motion along a track rail. Two rows of steel balls are arranged in four point contact 

with the raceways. This design ensures stable high accuracy and rigidity in operations even under 

fluctuating loads with changing direction and magnitude or complex loads. A wide range of variations 

in shapes and sizes are available. This series is a compact type suitable for general applications. 


Linear Way E includes interchangeable specification 

products. The dimensions of slide units and track rails 

of this specification are individually controlled, so that 

the slide units and track rails can be combined, added 

or exchanged freely. 

Compact design 

Lower, narrower, and shorter. Compactness has been 

pursued in every dimension. 

Flange type and block type 


In addition to the standard slide unit, a short type slide 

unit and a high rigidity long type slide unit both having 

the same sectional dimensions with the standard slide 

unit are available. 

Stainless steel type 




medical equipment, disk read devices and semiconductor 


Slide units are available in three different sectional 

shapes; two flange types for different mounting 

directions and one block type with a narrow width. 

U.S. PATENT No.6,176,617 

No.5,962,667 

No.4,652,147 

No.4,610,488 

No.4,505,522 

Track rail 

Casing 

Steel ball 

End plate 


End seal 

Grease nipple 

Slide unit 

Structure of Linear Way E 

168

Linear Way E series 

Shape 


Model 

Flange type mounted 

from the lower side 

Short 

Standard 

LWEC 

LWECSL 

LWE 

LWESL 


LWEG 

LWEGSL 

Short 

LWETC 

LWETCSL 



from the upper side 

Standard 

LWET 

LWETSL 


LWETG 

LWETGSL 

Short 

LWESC 

LWESCSL 

Block type mounted 


Standard 

LWES 

LWESSL 


LWESG 

LWESGSL 

Remark : Models with "SL" are stainless steel type. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

169


The specification of Linear Way E is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a model code, a 

size, a part code, a material symbol, a preload symbol, a classification symbol, an interchangeable code and 

any supplemental codes. For details of each specification, see page 74. 


Slide unit 

LWES 

C 20 C1 SL T1 P S1 /U 

Track rail( 1 ) 

LWE 20 R1000 SL P S1 

/F 

Assembled set 

LWES 

C 20 C1 R1000 SL T1 

P S1 /FU 


Assembled set 

LWES 

C 20 C1 R1000 SL T1 P /FU 

1 

2 

Series 


Model 

code 

3 


Size 

4 

5 



Part code 

6 

Material 


7 



8 



9 



10 



Note( 1 ) : For the model code of a single track rail of interchangeable specification, indicate "LWE" regardless of the slide unit type to be combined. 

 

170

1 Series 

Flange type mounted from 

the lower side : LWE 


the upper side : LWET 

Block type mounted from 

the upper side : LWES 


Short 

Standard 


: C 

: No symbol 

: G 

For available slide unit models, 

materials and sizes, see Tables 

1.1 to 1.3. 

3 Size of rolling guide 


Assembled set 

Slide unit 

: C 

: C1 




5 Length of track rail 

Assembled set 

Track rail 

: R 

: R 



page 179. 

6 Material 

High carbon 

steel made: No symbol 

Stainless 

steel made: SL 

For available material types, see Tables 1.1, 1.2 and 

1.3. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

171

Table 1.1 Models and sizes of Linear Way E flange type mounted from the lower side 

Model 

Size 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 



Short Standard High rigidity long Short Standard High rigidity long 

LWEC LWE LWEG LWECSL LWESL LWEGSL 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table 1.2 Models and sizes of Linear Way E flange type mounted from the upper side 

Model 

Size 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 




LWETC 

LWET LWETG LWETCSL LWETSL LWETGSL 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table 1.3 Models and sizes of Linear Way E block type 

Model 

Size 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 




LWESC LWES LWESG LWESCSL LWESSL LWESGSL 

 

 

 

 

 

 


172


Clearance : TC 



Medium preload : T2 


slide unit. 

For applicable combinations of accuracy and preload 

amount, see Table 2. For details of preload amount, 

see page 82. 

8Accuracy class 

Ordinary : No symbol 

High 

: H 

Precision : P 

Super precision : SP 

For applicable combinations of accuracy and preload 

amount, see Table 2. In case of interchangeable 

specification products, assemble slide units and track 

rails of the same class. For details of accuracy , see 

page 77. 

Table 2 Accuracy class and preload 

Accuracy class (Symbol) 

Preload (Symbol) 

Clearance (TC) 

Standard (No symbol) 

Light preload (T1) 

Medium preload (T2) 

Ordinary 

High 

Precision 

(No symbol) H P 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



P 

 

 

 

 


Select group 1 


: S1 

: S2 

Specify this item for interchangeable specification 

products. Assemble track rails and slide units with 

the same interchangeable code. 

Performance and accuracy of "S1" group and "S2" 




When several special specifications are required, see 

Table 4. For details of special specifications, see 

page 83. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

173












Changed size of mounting holes 

No end seal 




Under seals 




Scrapers 

Supplemental 

code 

A 

BS 

D 

E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

M4 

N 

Q 

RE 

T 

U 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

Assembled set Track rail Slide unit 

 

( 1 ) 

 

 

 

 

( 2 ) 

 

 

( 3 ) 

 

 

( 1 ) 

( 4 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( 2 ) 

 

 

( 3 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : Not applicable to size 35 and 45 models. 

( 2 ) : Not applicable to stainless steel made interchangeable specification products. 

( 3 ) : Applicable to size 15 models. 

( 4 ) : Not applicable to non-interchangeable specification products. 


 

 

 

 

 

 

( 2 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

( 1 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimension 

See Table 5.1,Table 5.2. 

See Table 6. 

See Table 7. 

See Table 8. 

See Table 9. 

See Table 10. 


 

BS 

D 

 

E 

 

F 

 

! 

 

J 

L 

LF 

 

M4 

 

N 

 

Q 

 

RE 

 

T 

U 

 

 

 

V 

 

 

W 

 

 

 

 

 

Y 

 

 

Z 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A BS D E F ! J L LF M4 N Q RE T U 

 

 

 

 

V 

 

W Y 



3 : For combinations marked , consult for further information. 


174

Table 5.1 Female threads for bellows for flange type slide unit (Supplemental code /J, /JJ) 

a1 

b3 

b1 

b4 

b2 

4M1depth 

H3 

Grease nipple ( 1 ) 

AM6F 

5 

L1 

a2 

a4 

D 

B 

2M2depth 

a3 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWETC 15 

LWET 15 

LWETG 15 

LWETC 20 

LWET 20 

LWETG 20 

LWETC 25 

LWET 25 

LWETG 25 

LWETC 30 

LWET 30 

LWETG 30 

LWETC 35 

LWET 35 

LWET 45 

a1 

3 

3 

3.5 

5 

6 

7 

a2 

12 

15 

17 

17 

20 

26 

b1 

18 

19.5 

23.5 

28 

30 

35 

Slide unit 

b2 b3 

16 12 

20 12.5 

26 16.5 

34 20 

40 20 

50 23 

b4 

28 

34 

40 

50 

60 

74 

M1depth 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M48 

L1( 2 ) 

058 

074 

087 

064 

083 

099 

076 

100 

119 

083 

112 

144 

093 

126 

138 

H3 

05.7 

06 

07 

11 

13 

15 

a3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Track rail 

a4 M2depth 

07 M306 

08 M306 

09 M408 

14 M408 

15 M408 

19 M510 

Note( 1 ) : The specification and mounting position of grease nipple are different from those of the standard specification product. 

Size 15 models are provided with a special specification grease nipple (NPB2 type). 

For details of dimensions, consultfor further information. 

( 2 ) : The values for a slide unit with female threads for bellows at both ends are shown. 

Remark : The above table shows representative model numbers but is also applicable to stainless steel type models of the same size. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

175

Table 5.2 Female threads for bellows for block type slide unit (Supplemental code /J, /JJ) 

b3 

b4 

4M1depth 

L1 

a1 

b1 

b2 

H3 

Grease nipple ( 1 ) 

AM6F 

5 

a2 

D 

B 

2M2depth 

a3 a4 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWESC 15 

LWES 15 

LWESG 15 

LWESC 20 

LWES 20 

LWESG 20 

LWESC 25 

LWES 25 

LWESG 25 

LWESC 30 

LWES 30 

LWESG 30 

LWESC 35 

LWES 35 

LWES 45 

a1 

3 

3 

3.5 

5 

6 

7 

a2 

12 

15 

17 

17 

20 

26 

b1 

09 

11 

11 

13 

15 

18 

b2 

16 

20 

26 

34 

40 

50 

Slide unit 

b3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

b4 

28 

34 

40 

50 

60 

74 

M1depth 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M48 

L1( 2 ) 

058 

074 

087 

064 

083 

099 

076 

100 

119 

083 

112 

144 

093 

126 

138 

H3 

05.7 

06 

07 

11 

13 

15 

a3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Track rail 

a4 M2depth 

07 M306 

08 M306 

09 M408 

14 M408 

15 M408 

19 M510 


Size 15 models are provided with a special specification grease nipple (NPB2 type). 

For details of dimensions, consult for further information. 



176

Table 6 Changed size of mounting holes (Supplemental code /M4) 

d4 

h 

d3 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWE15 

d3 

4.5 

d4 

8 

h 

6 

Remark : The above table shows a representive model number but is applicable to all 

models of size 15. 



L4 

L1 


unit : mm 

Model number 

LWEC 15 

LWE 15 

LWEG 15 

LWEC 20 

LWE 20 

LWEG 20 

LWEC 25 

LWE 25 

LWEG 25 

L1 

052 

068 

081 

058 

078 

094 

070 

094 

113 

L4 

055 

071 

083 

071 

091 

106 

083 

107 

126 

Model number 

LWEC 30 

LWE 30 

LWEG 30 

LWEC 35 

LWE 35 

LWE 45 

L1 

080 

109 

141 

090 

123 

138 

L4 

091 

119 

151 

102 

135 

148 

Remark : The above table shows representative model numbers but is 

applicable to all models of the same size. 


unit : mm 

H1 

Model number 

LWE15 

LWE20 

LWE25 

LWE30 

LWE35 

LWE45 

H1 

05 

05 

06 

07 

08 

10 

Remark : The above table shows representative model numbers but is applicable 

to all models of the same size. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

177

Table 9 Slide unit with double end seals (Supplemental code /V, /VV) 

End seal 

L4 

L1 

End seal 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWEC 15 

LWE 15 

LWEG 15 

LWEC 20 

LWE 20 

LWEG 20 

LWEC 25 

LWE 25 

LWEG 25 

L1 

048 

064 

076 

054 

073 

089 

067 

091 

110 

L4 

050 

066 

078 

068 

087 

103 

080 

104 

123 

Model number 

LWEC 30 

LWE 30 

LWEG 30 

LWEC 35 

LWE 35 

LWE 45 

L1 

078 

107 

138 

088 

121 

137 

L4 

089 

118 

150 

101 

134 

148 


2 : The values for a slide unit with double end seals at both ends are shown. 

Table 10 Slide unit with scrapers (Supplemental code /Z, /ZZ) 

Scraper 

L4 

L1 

Scraper 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWEC 15 

LWE 15 

LWEG 15 

LWEC 20 

LWE 20 

LWEG 20 

LWEC 25 

LWE 25 

LWEG 25 

L1 

048 

064 

077 

055 

075 

090 

069 

093 

112 

L4 

050 

066 

079 

069 

088 

104 

081 

105 

124 

Model number 

LWEC 30 

LWE 30 

LWEG 30 

LWEC 35 

LWE 35 

LWE 45 

L1 

079 

108 

140 

089 

122 

138 

L4 

090 

119 

151 

101 

134 

148 


2 : The values for a slide unit with scrapers at both ends are shown. 

178


Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Tables 11.1 and 11.2. Track rails in any length 

are also available. Simply indicate the necessary length of track rail in mm in the identification number. 


For non-interchangeable track rails longer than the maximum length shown in Tables 11.1 and 11.2, 

butt-jointing track rails are available upon request. In this case, indicate "/A" in the identification 

number. 


specified. To change these dimensions, specify the specified rail mounting hole positions "/ E" of 


Table 11.1 Standard and maximum lengths of high carbon steel track rails 


E 

F 

L 

E 

unit : mm 

Item 

Model number 

LWE15 

LWE20 

LWE25 

LWE30 

LWE35 

LWE45 


160 3 

220 4 

280 5 

340 6 

460 8 

64011 

82014 

220 4 

280 5 

340 6 

460 8 

64011 

82014 

1 00017 

1 24021 

220 4 

280 5 

340 6 

460 8 

64011 

82014 

1 00017 

1 24021 

1 60027 

280 4 

440 6 

600 8 

76010 

1 00013 

1 24016 

1 64021 

2 04026 

2 52032 

3 00038 

280 4 

440 6 

600 8 

76010 

1 00013 

1 24016 

1 64021 

2 04026 

2 52032 

3 00038 

570 6 

885 9 

1 20012 

1 62016 

2 04020 

2 46024 

2 98529 


E ( 1 ) 


of E ( 2 ) 

incl. 

under 

60 

20 

6 

36 

60 

20 

8 

38 

60 

20 

9 

39 

80 

20 

9 

49 

80 

20 

10 

50 

105 

22.5 

12 

64.5 

Maximum length ( 3 ) 

1 600 

(2 980) 

2 200 

(2 980) 

2 980 

(4 000) 

3 000 

(3 960) 

3 000 

(3 960) 

2 985 

(3 930) 

Note( 1 ) : When specifying a butt-jointing interchangeable track rail (supplemental code "/ T"), pay attention to the E dimension at the butt-jointing 

part. 

( 2 ) : Not applicable to the track rail with female threads for bellows (supplemental code "/J"). 

( 3 ) : Track rails with the maximum lengths shown in parentheses can also be manufactured. Consultfor further information. 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

179

Table 11.2 Standard and maximum lengths of stainless steel track rails 


E 

F 

L 

E 

unit : mm 

Item 

Model numbe 

LWE15 … SL LWE20 … SL LWE25 … SL LWE30 … SL 


160( 3) 220( 4) 220( 4) 280( 4) 

220( 4) 280( 5) 280( 5) 440( 6) 

280( 5) 340( 6) 340( 6) 600( 8) 

340( 6) 460( 8) 460( 8) 760(10) 

460( 8) 640(11) 640(11) 1 000(13) 

640(11) 820(14) 820(14) 

820(14) 1 000(17) 1 000(17) 


E ( 1 ) 


of E ( 2 ) 

Maximum length ( 3 )( 4 ) 

incl. 

under 

60 60 60 80 

20 20 20 20 

6 8 9 9 

36 38 39 49 

1 200 1 200 1 200 1 200 

(1 600) (1 960) (1 960) (1 960) 

Note( 1 ) : When specifying a butt-jointing interchangeable track rail (supplemental code "/ T"), pay attention to the E dimension at the buttjointing 

part. 

( 2 ) : Not applicable to the track rail with female threads for bellows (supplemental code "/J"). 

( 3 ) : The E dimension for the rail with the maximum length is 1/2 of the F dimension. 

( 4 ) : Track rails with the maximum lengths shown in parentheses can also be manufactured. Consult for further information. 


180

Recommended track rail mounting bolts 

Table 12 shows recommended bolt sizes for mounting track rails. Prepare these bolts according to the 

model number. 

Table 12 Recommended track rail mounting bolt size 

Model number Recommended bolt size 

 

M 316 

LWE15 

 

M 416 1 

LWE20 

M 516 

LWE25 M 620 

LWE30 M 625 

LWE35 M 830 

LWE45 M1035 

Note( 1 ) : Applicable to the track rail of supplemental code "/M4" of special 


Remark 1 : The above table shows representative model numbers but is 


2 : Hexagon socket head bolts of strength division 12.9 of JIS B 

1176 are recommended. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

181

Linear Way E : Flange type 


LWEC 

LWE 

LWEG 

LWECSL(Stainless steel made) 

LWE SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWEGSL(Stainless steel made) 

H2 

W4 

W2 

W3 

H3 

d4 

2d1 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4d1 

H 

H4 

h 

H1 

N 

W 

E 

d3 

F 

LWECSL 

E 

L 1 

Model number 


Mass (Ref.) 

Slide unit Track rail 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 d1 H2 H3 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

LWEC15 

LWEC15 … SL 

 

 

0.11 41 22.4 45 

4 330 5 680 45.4 

22.1 22.1 

155 155 

LWE15 

LWE15 … SL 

 

 

0.18 1.57 24 5.8 18.5 52 41 5.5 57 26 38.4 61 4.5 

7 4.5 15 14.5 3.6 6.5 4.5 20 60 6 200 9 740 77.9 

59.8 59.8 

346 346 

LWEG15 

LWEG15 … SL 

 

 

0.24 70 36 51.1 74 

7 520 13 000 104 

103 103 

553 553 

LWEC20 

LWEC20 … SL 

 

 

0.18 47 24.5 59 

6 250 7 610 81.8 

32.6 32.6 

244 244 

LWE20 

LWE20 … SL 

 

 

0.30 2.28 28 6 19.5 59 49 5 66.5 32 44 79 5.5 

9 5.5 20 16 6 9.5 8.5 20 60 9 360 13 900 150 

99.2 99.2 

582 582 

LWEG20 

LWEG20 … SL 

 

 

0.40 82 45 59.9 95 

11 500 19 000 204 

178 178 

952 952 



below. 



2 : Track rail mounting bolts are not appended. For recommended bolt sizes, see Table 12 on page 181. 

3 : For grease nipple specifications, see page 92. 


LWE 20 C2 R280 SL T1 P S1 /N 

Size of 

rolling guide 

Material 

High carbon steel made : No symbol 

Stainless steel made : SL 


Select group 1: S1 


CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWEC 

LWE 

LWEG 











High : H 

Precision : P 



No end seal 

182 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

183



LWEC 

LWE 

LWEG 

LWECSL(Stainless steel made) 

LWE SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWEGSL(Stainless steel made) 

H2 

W4 

W2 

W3 

H3 

d4 

2d1 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4d1 

H1 

H 

H4 

h 

N 

W 

E 

d3 

F 

LWEC … SL 

L 1 

E 

Model number 


Mass (Ref.) 


 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 d1 


mm 

H2 H3 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

LWEC25 

LWEC25 … SL 

 

 

0.33 59 32 71 

10 100 12 800 159 

74.5 74.5 

498 498 

LWE 

LWE 

25 

25 … SL 

 

 

0.55 3.09 33 7 25 73 60 6.5 83 35 56 95 7 

10 6.5 23 19 7 11 9 20 60 14 500 21 900 272 

202 202 

1 130 1 130 

LWEG25 

LWEG25 … SL 

 

 

0.73 102 50 75 114 

17 600 29 200 362 

348 348 

1 810 1 810 

LWEC30 

LWEC30 … SL 

 

 

0.58 68 36 78 

16 800 19 500 298 

134 134 

887 887 

LWE 

LWE 

30 

30 … SL 

 

 

0.99 5.09 42 10 31 90 72 9 97 40 64.8 107 9 

10 8 28 25 7 11 9 20 80 23 600 32 500 497 

340 340 

1 990 1 990 

LWEG30 

LWEG30 … SL 

LWEC35 

LWE 

LWE 

35 

45 

 

 

 

 

 

1.50 128.5 60 96.5 139 

0.84 78 41.6 90 

6.85 48 11 33 100 82 9 9 

1.52 111 50 74.6 123 

2.46 11.2 60 14 37.5 120 100 10 125 60 81.4 136 11 



below. 





13 10 34 28 9 14 12 20 80 

30 900 48 700 745 

23 400 27 800 439 

32 800 46 400 731 

15 13 45 34 11 17.5 14 22.5 105 46 700 62 400 1 290 


Size of 

rolling guide 




730 730 

3 810 3 810 

182 168 

1 230 1 140 

465 427 

2 760 2 540 

697 641 

4 220 3 890 

LWE 30 C2 R440 SL T1 P S1 /N 

Material 



CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWEC 

LWE 

LWEG 











High : H 

Precision : P 



No end seal 

184 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

185



LWETC 

LWET 

LWETG 

LWETCSL(Stainless steel made) 

LWET SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWETGSL(Stainless steel made) 

H2 

W4 

W2 

W3 

H3 

d4 

2M1 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1 

H4 

H 

H1 

h 

N 

W 

E 

d3 

F 

LWETCSL 

E 

L 1 

Model number 


Mass (Ref.) 


 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 

H2 H3 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

LWETC15 

LWETC15 … SL 

 

 

0.11 41 22.4 45 

4 330 5 680 45.4 

22.1 22.1 

155 155 

LWET15 

LWET15 … SL 

 

 

0.18 1.57 24 5.8 18.5 52 41 5.5 57 26 38.4 61 M 5 

7 4.5 15 14.5 3.6 6.5 4.5 20 60 6 200 9 740 77.9 

59.8 59.8 

346 346 

LWETG15 

LWETG15 … SL 

 

 

0.24 70 36 51.1 74 

7 520 13 000 104 

103 103 

553 553 

LWETC20 


 

 

0.18 47 24.5 59 

6 250 7 610 81.8 

32.6 32.6 

244 244 

LWET20 

LWET20 … SL 

 

 

0.30 2.28 28 6 19.5 59 49 5 66.5 32 44 79 M 6 

9 5.5 20 16 6 9.5 8.5 20 60 9 360 13 900 150 

99.2 99.2 

582 582 

LWETG20 


 

 

0.40 82 45 59.9 95 

11 500 19 000 204 

178 178 

952 952 



below. 






LWET 20 C2 R280 SL T1 P S1 /N 

Material 


Size of 

rolling guide 





CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWETC 

LWET 

LWETG 











High : H 

Precision : P 



No end seal 

186 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

187



LWETC 

LWET 

LWETG 

LWETC SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWET SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWETG SL(Stainless steel made) 

H2 

W4 

W2 

W3 

H3 

d4 

2M1 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1 

H 

H4 

h 

H1 

N 

W 

E 

d3 

F 

LWETCSL 

L 1 

E 

Model number 


Mass (Ref.) 


 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 

H2 H3 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

Basic dynamic 


 

Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

LWETC25 


 

 

0.33 59 32 71 

10 100 12 800 159 

74.5 74.5 

498 498 

LWET25 

LWET25 … SL 

 

 

0.55 3.09 33 7 25 73 60 6.5 83 35 56 95 M 8 

10 6.5 23 19 7 11 9 20 60 14 500 21 900 272 

202 202 

1 130 1 130 

LWETG25 


 

 

0.73 102 50 75 114 

17 600 29 200 362 

348 348 

1 810 1 810 

LWETC30 


 

 

0.58 68 36 78 

16 800 19 500 298 

134 134 

887 887 

LWET30 

LWET30 … SL 

 

 

0.99 5.09 42 10 31 90 72 9 97 40 64.8 107 M 10 

10 8 28 25 7 11 9 20 80 23 600 32 500 497 

340 340 

1 990 1 990 

LWETG30 


 

 

1.50 128.5 60 96.5 139 

30 900 48 700 745 

730 730 

3 810 3 810 

LWETC35 

LWET35 

LWET45 

 

 

 

0.84 78 41.6 90 

6.85 48 11 33 100 82 9 M 10 

1.52 111 50 74.6 123 

2.46 11.2 60 14 37.5 120 100 10 125 60 81.4 136 M 12 

23 400 27 800 439 

13 10 34 28 9 14 12 20 80 

32 800 46 400 731 

15 13 45 34 11 17.5 14 22.5 105 46 700 62 400 1 290 

182 168 

1 230 1 140 

465 427 

2 760 2 540 

697 641 

4 220 3 890 



below. 






LWET 30 C2 R440 SL T1 P S1 /N 

Size of 

rolling guide 

Material 






CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWETC 

LWET 

LWETG 











High : H 

Precision : P 



No end seal 

188 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

189

Linear Way E : Block type 


LWESC 

LWES 

LWESG 

LWESC SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWES SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWESG SL(Stainless steel made) 

W4 

W2 

W3 

H3 

2M1depth 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1depth 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

N 

W 

E 

d3 

F 

LWESCSL 

L 1 

E 

Model number 


Mass (Ref.) 


 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1depth H3 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

LWESC15 

LWESC15 … SL 

 

 

0.09 41 22.4 45 

4 330 5 680 45.4 

22.1 22.1 

155 155 

LWES15 

LWES15 … SL 

 

 

0.14 1.57 24 5.8 9.5 34 26 4 57 26 38.4 61 

M47 4.5 15 14.5 3.6 6.5 4.5 20 60 6 200 9 740 77.9 

59.8 59.8 

346 346 

LWESG15 

LWESG15 … SL 

 

 

0.18 70 36 51.1 74 

7 520 13 000 104 

103 103 

553 553 

LWESC20 


 

 

0.15 47 24.5 59 

6 250 7 610 81.8 

32.6 32.6 

244 244 

LWES20 

LWES20 … SL 

 

 

0.25 2.28 28 6 11 42 32 5 66.5 32 44 79 

M58 5.5 20 16 6 9.5 8.5 20 60 9 360 13 900 150 

99.2 99.2 

582 582 

LWESG20 


 

 

0.33 82 45 59.9 95 

11 500 19 000 204 

178 178 

952 952 



below. 






LWES 20 C2 R280 SL T1 P S1 /N 

Size of 

rolling guide 

Material 






CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWESC 

LWES 

LWESG 











High : H 

Precision : P 



No end seal 

190 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

191

Linear Way E : Block type 


LWESC 

LWES 

LWESG 

LWESC SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWES SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWESG SL(Stainless steel made) 

W4 

W2 

W3 

H3 

2M1depth 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1depth 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

N 

W 

E 

d3 

F 

LWESCSL 

L 1 

E 

Model number 


Slide unit 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Track rail 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


mm 


Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

LWESC25 


 

 

0.26 59 32 71 

10 100 12 800 159 

74.5 74.5 

498 498 

LWES25 

LWES25 … SL 

 

 

0.42 3.09 33 7 12.5 48 35 6.5 83 35 56 95 

M 6 9 6.5 23 19 7 11 9 20 60 14 500 21 900 272 

202 202 

1 130 1 130 

LWESG25 


 

 

0.55 102 50 75 114 

17 600 29 200 362 

348 348 

1 810 1 810 

LWESC30 


 

 

0.46 68 36 78 

16 800 19 500 298 

134 134 

887 887 

LWES30 

LWES30 … SL 

 

 

0.78 5.09 42 10 16 60 40 10 97 40 64.8 107 

M 812 8 28 25 7 11 9 20 80 23 600 32 500 497 

340 340 

1 990 1 990 

LWESG30 


LWESC35 

LWES 35 

LWES 45 

 

 

 

 

 

1.13 128.5 60 96.5 139 

0.67 78 41.6 90 

6.85 48 11 18 70 50 10 

1.21 111 50 74.6 123 

2.05 11.2 60 14 20.5 86 60 13 125 60 81.4 136 



below. 





M 812 10 34 28 9 14 12 20 80 


LWES 30 C2 R440 SL T1 P S1 /N 

Size of 

rolling guide 

Material 



30 900 48 700 745 

23 400 27 800 439 

32 800 46 400 731 

M1015 13 45 34 11 17.5 14 22.5 105 46 700 62 400 1 290 




730 730 

3 810 3 810 

182 168 

1 230 1 140 

465 427 

2 760 2 540 

697 641 

4 220 3 890 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWESC 

LWES 

LWESG 











High : H 

Precision : P 



No end seal 

192 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

193

U.S. PATENTED 


LWEQLWETQLWESQ 

Low Decibel Linear Way E is a linear motion rolling guide for smooth and quiet motion. Its low 

noise characteristic has been achieved by adopting optimum design based on a thorough analysis of 

ball recirculation behavior and sound quality. Plastic separators are incorporated to eliminate direct 

contact between balls and thus achieve smooth and quiet motion. 

Low Decibel Linear Way E is suitable for production equipment or machinery, in which a large number 

of linear motion rolling guides are incorporated, and can be used to help reduce the noise level in 

factory and create a human-friendly environment. 

Low decibel 

Plastic separators are incorporated to eliminate direct 

contact between balls and thus achieve smooth and 

quiet motion. 

Compact design 

Lower, narrower, and shorter. Compactness has been 

pursued in every dimension. 


Slide units are available in three different sectional 

shapes; two flange types for different mounting 

directions and one block type with a narrow width. 

Dimensional interchangeability with 


The mounting dimensions are the same as those of 

Linear Way E. So this guide can replace Linear Way E 

with little modifications of machines or equipment. 

Track rail 

U.S. PATENT No. 6,176,617 

No. 5,967,667 

No. 5,564,188 

No. 5,374,126 

No. 5,356,223 

No. 5,324,116 

No. 4,652,147 

Casing 

Steel ball 

Under seal 

Separator 


End plate 

End seal 

Grease nipple 

Slide unit 

Structure of Low Decibel Linear Way E 

194

Low Decibel Linear Way E series 

Shape 

Model 


LWEQ 

Low Decibel 



LWETQ 


LWESQ 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

195


The specification of Low Decibel Linear Way E is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a 

model code, a size, a part code, a preload symbol, a classification symbol and any supplemental codes. 

For details of each specification, see page 74. 

Assembled set LWE 20 C1 R640 Q T1 

P /F 

 

1 Series 

Model code 

2 


Size 

3 

4 



Part code 

5 



6 



7 



196

1 

Series 


the lower side 


the upper side 

Block type mounted from 

the upper side 

LWE Q 

LWETQ 

LWESQ 

For available slide unit models and sizes, 

see Table 1. 

2 


Table 1 Models and sizes of Low Decibel Linear Way E 

Model 


Size 

LWEQ 

LWETQ 

LWESQ 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

3 


 

C 


track rail. 

4 


 

R 



page 204. 

5 


Standard 


No symbol 

For applicable combinations of accuracy and 

preload amount, see Table 2. For details of preload 

amount, see page 82. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

197

6 


Ordinary 

High 

Precision 

No symbol 

H 

P 

For applicable combinations of accuracy and 

preload amount, see Table 2. For details of 

accuracy, see page 77. 

Table 2 Accuracy class and preload 

Preload (Symbol) 


Ordinary 

(No symbol) 

High 

H 

Precision 

P 

Standard (No symbol) 

Light preload (T1) 

 

7 





see page 83. 


Supplemental 


code 








Changed size of mounting holes 





Scrapers 

D 

E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

M4 

Q 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

Assembled set Dimension 

See Table 5.1, Table 5.2. 

1 See Table 6. 

See Table 7. 

See Table 8. 

See Table 9. 

Note( 1 ) : Applicable to size 15 models. 

198


E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

M4 

Q 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D E F ! J L LF M4 Q V W Y 

Remark : When several special specifications are required, arrange the supplemental codes alphabetically. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

199

Table 5.1 Female threads for bellows for flange type slide unit (Supplemental code /J) 

b3 

b4 

4M1depth 

L1 

a1 

b1 

b2 5 

H3 

Grease nipple 1 

AM6F 

a2 

a4 

D 

B 

a3 

4M2depth 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWET 15Q 

LWET 20Q 

LWET 25Q 

LWET 30Q 

LWET 35Q 

a1 

3 

3 

3.5 

5 

6 

a2 

12 

15 

17 

20 

20 

b1 

18 

19.5 

23.5 

25 

30 

b2 

16 

20 

26 

40 

40 

Slide unit 

b3 b4 

12 28 

12.5 34 

16.5 40 

20 50 

20 60 

M1depth 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M36 

L1 2 

074 

083 

100 

111 

125 

H3 

05.7 

06 

07 

10 

11 

a3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Track rail 

a4 M2depth 

07 M36 

08 M36 

09 M48 

14 M48 

15 M48 


Size 15 models are provided with a special specification grease nipple (NPB2 type). For details of dimensions, consult 



200

Table 5.2 Female threads for bellows for block type slide unit (Supplemental code /J) 

a1 

b3 

b1 

b4 4M1depth 

b2 Grease nipple 1 5 

H3 

AM6F 

L1 

a2 

D 

B 

a3 a4 

2M2depth 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWES 15Q 

LWES 20Q 

LWES 25Q 

LWES 30Q 

LWES 35Q 

a1 

3 

3 

3.5 

5 

6 

a2 

12 

15 

17 

20 

20 

b1 

9 

11 

11 

10 

15 

b2 

16 

20 

26 

40 

40 

Slide unit 

b3 b4 

3 28 

4 34 

4 40 

5 50 

5 60 

M1depth 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M36 

M36 

L1 2 

074 

083 

100 

111 

125 

H3 

05.7 

06 

07 

10 

11 

a3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Track rail 

a4 M2depth 

07 M36 

08 M36 

09 M48 

14 M48 

15 M48 





1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

201

Table 6 Changed size of mounting holes (Supplemental code /M4) 

d4 

h 

d3 

unit : mm 

Model number 

d3 

d4 

h 

LWE15Q 

Remark : The above table shows a representative model number but is applicable to all 

models of size 15. 

4.5 

8 

6 



L4 

L1 


unit : mm 

Model number L1 L4 

LWE15Q 

LWE20Q 

LWE25Q 

LWE30Q 

LWE35Q 

068 

078 

094 

109 

124 

071 

091 

107 

119 

135 



202

Table 8 Slide unit with double end seals (Supplemental code /V) 

End seal 

L4 

L1 

End seal 

unit : mm 


LWE15Q 

LWE20Q 

LWE25Q 

LWE30Q 

LWE35Q 

064 

073 

091 

107 

121 

066 

087 

104 

118 

134 



Table 9 Slide unit with scrapers (Supplemental code /Z) 

Scraper 

L4 

L1 

Scraper 

unit : mm 


LWE15Q 

LWE20Q 

LWE25Q 

LWE30Q 

LWE35Q 

064 

075 

093 

109 

123 

066 

088 

105 

119 

135 



1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

203


Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Table 10. When requiring track rails in any other 

length, consult for further information. For the tolerances of E dimension and track rail length, consult 






nNumber of mounting holes 

E 

F 

L 

E 

unit : mm 

Item 

Model number 

LWE15Q 

LWE20Q 

LWE25Q 

LWE30Q 

LWE35Q 


160 3 

220 4 

280 5 

340 6 

460 8 

64011 

82014 

220 4 

280 5 

340 6 

460 8 

64011 

82014 

1 00017 

1 24021 

220 4 

280 5 

340 6 

460 8 

64011 

82014 

1 00017 

1 24021 

1 60027 

280 4 

440 6 

600 8 

76010 

1 00013 

1 24016 

1 64021 

2 04026 

2 52032 

3 00038 

280 4 

440 6 

600 8 

76010 

1 00013 

1 24016 

1 64021 

2 04026 

2 52032 

3 00038 


E 

60 

20 

60 

20 

60 

20 

80 

20 

80 

20 


of E ( 1 ) 

incl. 

under 

6 

36 

8 

38 

9 

39 

9 

49 

10 

50 


1 600 

2 200 

2 980 

3 000 

3 000 

Note( 1 ) : Not applicable to the track rail with female threads for bellows (supplemental code "/J"). 


204



model number. 



 

M316 

LWE15Q 

 

M416 1 

LWE20Q 

M516 

LWE25Q M620 

LWE30Q M625 

LWE35Q M830 

Note( 1 ) : Applicable to the track rail of supplemental code "/M4" of special 




2 : Hexagon socket head bolts of strength division 12.9 of JIS B 1176 

are recommended. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

205

Low Decibel Linear Way E: Flange type 


LWEQ 

W2 

L4 

L1 

L3 

4d1 

W4 

W3 

d4 

L2 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

H2 

H3 

N 

W 

d3 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

LWE 15 … Q 

LWE 20 … Q 

LWE 25 … Q 

LWE 30 … Q 

LWE 35 … Q 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

 

Track 

rail 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


mm 


0.18 1.57 24 5 18.5 52 41 5.5 57 26 38.4 61 4.5 

0.30 2.28 28 5 19.5 59 49 5 66.5 32 44 79 5.5 

0.56 3.09 33 6 25 73 60 6.5 83 35 56 95 7 

0.97 5.04 42 10 31 90 72 9 95.5 40 64.8 106 9 

1.53 6.84 48 11 33 100 82 9 109.5 50 76.6 122 9 



below. 


Remark 1 : Track rail mounting bolts are not appended. For recommended bolt sizes, see Table 11 on page 205. 


Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


7 4.5 15 14.5 3.6 6.5 4.5 20 60 5 860 8 930 71.4 

9 5.5 20 16 6 9.5 8.5 20 60 9 360 13 900 150 

10 6.5 23 19 7 11 9 20 60 13 700 20 100 249 

10 8 28 25 7 11 9 20 80 19 000 27 300 413 

13 10 34 28 9 14 12 20 80 26 600 39 000 713 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

55.0 55.0 

319 319 

104 104 

578 578 

182 182 

1 040 1 040 

288 288 

1 630 1 630 

500 500 

2 630 2 630 

LWE 25 C2 R820 Q T1 P /Q 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWEQ 

Size of 

rolling guide 











High H 

Precision P 

206 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

207

Low Decibel Linear Way E: Flange type 


LWETQ 

W2 

L4 

L1 

L3 

4M1 

W4 

W3 

d4 

L2 

H 

H4 

h 

H1 

H2 

H3 

N 

W 

d3 

E 

F 

E 

L 1 

Model number 

LWET 15 … Q 

LWET 20 … Q 

LWET 25 … Q 

LWET 30 … Q 

LWET 35 … Q 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

 

Track 

rail 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

0.18 1.57 24 5 18.5 52 41 5.5 57 26 38.4 61 M 5 

0.30 2.28 28 5 19.5 59 49 5 66.5 32 44 79 M 6 

0.56 3.09 33 6 25 73 60 6.5 83 35 56 95 M 8 

0.97 5.04 42 10 31 90 72 9 95.5 40 64.8 106 M10 

1.53 6.84 48 11 33 100 82 9 109.5 50 76.6 122 M10 



below. 





mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 H2 H3 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


7 4.5 15 14.5 3.6 6.5 4.5 20 60 5 860 8 930 71.4 

9 5.5 20 16 6 9.5 8.5 20 60 9 360 13 900 150 

10 6.5 23 19 7 11 9 20 60 13 700 20 100 249 

10 8 28 25 7 11 9 20 80 19 000 27 300 413 

13 10 34 28 9 14 12 20 80 26 600 39 000 713 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

55.0 55.0 

319 319 

104 104 

578 578 

182 182 

1 040 1 040 

288 288 

1 630 1 630 

500 500 

2 630 2 630 

LWET 25 C2 R820 Q T1 P /Q 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWETQ 

Size of 

rolling guide 











High H 

Precision P 

208 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

209

Low Decibel Linear Way E: Block type 


LWESQ 

W2 

L4 

L1 

L3 

4M1depth 

W4 

W3 

d4 

L2 

H 

H4 

h 

H1 

H3 

N 

W 

d3 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

LWES 15 … Q 

LWES 20 … Q 

LWES 25 … Q 

LWES 30 … Q 

LWES 35 … Q 

Slide 

unit 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Track 

rail 

 

0.14 1.57 

0.25 2.28 

0.43 3.09 

0.75 5.04 

1.20 6.84 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 

24 5 9.5 34 26 4 57 26 38.4 61 

28 5 11 42 32 5 66.5 32 44 79 

33 6 12.5 48 35 6.5 83 35 56 95 

42 10 16 60 40 10 95.5 40 64.8 106 

48 11 18 70 50 10 109.5 50 76.6 122 



below. 




M1depth 


mm 


Basic dynamic Basic static 

load rating( 2 ) load rating( 2 ) 

M4 7 4.5 15 14.5 3.6 6.5 4.5 20 60 5 860 8 930 71.4 

M5 8 5.5 20 16 6 9.5 8.5 20 60 9 360 13 900 150 

M6 9 6.5 23 19 7 11 9 20 60 13 700 20 100 249 

M812 8 28 25 7 11 9 20 80 19 000 27 300 413 

M812 10 34 28 9 14 12 20 80 26 600 39 000 713 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

55.0 55.0 

319 319 

104 104 

578 578 

182 182 

1 040 1 040 

288 288 

1 630 1 630 

500 500 

2 630 2 630 

LWES 25 C2 R820 Q T1 P /Q 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWESQ 

Size of 

rolling guide 











High H 

Precision P 

210 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

211


U.S. PATENTED 


LWHBLWHTBLWHDBLWHSBLWHY 

Linear Way H incorporates two rows of large diameter steel balls in four point contact with the 

raceways and provides stable high accuracy and rigidity in operations even under fluctuating loads 

with changing direction and magnitude or complex loads. This series features the largest load ratings 

and rigidity among all ball types. A wide range of variations in shapes and sizes are available for 

selecting a model suitable for each application. 


Linear Way H includes interchangeable specification 

products. 

The dimensions of slide units and track rails of this 

specification are individually controlled, so that the slide 

units and track rails can be combined, added or 

exchanged freely. 


Slide units are available in five different sectional 

shapes: two flange types for different mounting 

directions and three narrow block types that are 

different in height and mounting directions. 


In addition to the standard slide unit, a short type slide 

unit and a high rigidity long type slide unit both having 

the same sectional dimensions with the standard slide 

unit are available for selection suitable for each 

application. 







Ultra sealed specification 

The track rail of this specification is ground on all 

surfaces, and is combined with a slide unit with 

specially designed end seals and under seals. Excellent 

dust protection performance is provided. 

Miniature size 

Miniature size models with track rail widths of 8 mm, 10 

mm and 12 mm are available for use in the extended 

application range of Linear Way H. 

U.S. PATENT No. 6,176,617 

No. 5,967,667 

No. 5,289,779 

No. 5,250,126 

No. 4,652,147 

No. 4,610,488 

No. 4,505,522 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Casing 

Under seal ( 1 ) 

Steel ball 


End plate 

End seal 

Grease nipple 

Structure of Linear Way H 

Note( 1 ) : Size 8, 10 and 12 models 

with under seals are special 

specification products. 

212

Linear Way H series 

Shape 


Model 



Standard 


LWHB 

LWHSL 

LWHM 

LWHG 



Standard 

LWHTB 

LWHTSL 

LWHTM 


LWHTG 

Short 

LWHDCSL 




Standard 


LWHDB 

LWHDSL 

LWHDM 

LWHDG 

LWHDGSL 

Compact block type mounted 


Standard 

LWHSB 

LWHSSL 

LWHSM 


LWHSG 

Side mounting type 

Standard 

LWHY 

Remark 1 : Models with "SL" are stainless steel type. 

2 : Models with "M" are ultra sealed specification products. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

213


The specification of Linear Way H is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a model code, a size, a 

part code, a seal code, a material symbol, a preload symbol, a classification symbol, an interchangeable code 

and any supplemental codes. For details of each specification, see page 74. 


Slide unit 

LWHT 

G 20 C1 

T1 P S1 /V 


LWH 20 R840 B P S1 

/F 

Assembled set 

LWHT 

G 20 

C1 

R840 

T1 

P 

S1 

/FV 


Assembled set 

LWHT 

G 20 C1 R840 T1 P /FV 

1 Series 


Model 

code 

3 


Size 

4 

5 



Part code 

6 

Sealing 

Seal code 

7 

Material 


8 



9 



10 



11 

Special specification Supplemental code 

Note( 1 ) : For the model code of a single track rail of interchangeable specification, indicate "LWHB" (high carbon steel made) or "LWHSL" 

(stainless steel made) regardless of the slide unit type to be combined. 

214

1 

Series 

Flange type mounted from the lower sideLWH 

Flange type mounted from the upper side LWHT 

Block type mounted from the upper side LWHD 

Compact block type mounted 

from the upper side LWHS 


LWHY 


Short 

Standard 


: C 

: No symbol 

: G 

For available slide unit models, 

sealing, materials and sizes, see 

Tables 1.1 to 1.5. 

"B" is not attached to the model 

codes of size 12 models, high 

rigidity long type models, ultra 

sealed specification models and 

stainless steel type models. 



Assembled set 

Slide unit 

C 

C1 




5Length of track rail 

Assembled set 

Track rail 

R 

R 



page 228. 

6 Sealing 

Standard specification : No symbol 

Ultra sealed specificationM 

Ultra sealed track rail 

For applicable specifications, see Tables 1.1 to 1.5. 

For the specifications of ultra sealed track rail 

mounted from the lower side MU, the specifications 

of the ultra sealed specification M are applicable. 

For track rail dimensions, see Table 12 on page 

231. 

mounted from the lower side MU For applicable material types, see Tables 1.1to 1.5. 

7 Material 


Stainless steel madeSL 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

215

Table 1.1 Models and sizes of Linear Way H flange type mounted from the lower side 

Model 

Standard specification 





Size 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

85 

Standard 

LWHB 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LWHG 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard 

LWHSL 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

Standard 

LWHM 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 1.2 Models and sizes of Linear Way H flange type mounted from the upper side 

Model 






Size 

08 ( 1 ) 

10 ( 1 ) 

12 ( 1 ) 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

85 

Standard 

LWHTB 

 

 

( 2 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LWHTG 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard 

LWHTSL 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : This model can also be mounted from the lower side. 

( 2 ) : "B" is not attached to the model code. 


 

 

 

 

 

Standard 

LWHTM 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

216

Table 1.3 Models and sizes of Linear Way H block type mounted from the upper side 

Model 






Size 

8 

10 

12 

15 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

Standard 

LWHDB 

 

 

( 1 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LWHDG 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short 

LWHDCSL 

 

 

 

Standard 

LWHDSL 

Note( 1 ) : "B" is not attached to the model code. 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LWHDGSL 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard 

LWHDM 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 1.4 Models and sizes of Linear Way H compact block type mounted from the upper side 

Model 






Size 

15 

20 

25 

30 

Standard 

LWHSB 

 

 

 

 


LWHSG 

 

 

 

 

Standard 

LWHSSL 

 

 

 

 


Standard 

LWHSM 

 

 

 

 

Table 1.5 Models and sizes of Linear Way H side mounting type 

Size 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

Model 



Standard 

LWHY 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remark : Only non-interchangeable specification products are available for this type. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

217

8Preload amount 

Clearance T0 



Medium preload T2 

Heavy preload T3 


slide unit. For applicable preload amount, see Table 

2. For details of preload amount, see page 82. 


Size 

08 

10 

12 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

85 

Clearance 

T0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard 

(No symbol) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Light preload 

T1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


T2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Heavy preload 

T3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remark 1 : The mark indicates that it is also applicable to interchangeable specification products. 

2 : For the stainless steel type, medium preloadand heavy preloadare not applicable. 


High H 

Precision P 

Super precisionSP 

For applicable accuracy, see Table 3. For the 

interchangeable specification, combine slide units 

and track rails of the same class. For details of 


Table 3 Applicable accuracy class 

Size 

08 

10 

12 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

85 

High 

H 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Precision 

P 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


SP 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

218



Select group 2S2 


products. Combine track rails and slide units with 




11Special specification 




see page 83. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

219



Supplemental 

code 

Assembled set 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Dimension 










No end seal 





Under seals( 12 ) 




Scrapers 

A 

BS 

D 

E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

N 

PS 

Q 

RE 

T 

U 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

( 1 ) 

( 2 )( 3 )( 4 ) 

( 3 ) 

 

( 5 ) 

 

( 3 )( 6 ) 

( 8 ) 

( 6 ) 

( 4 ) 

( 9 )( 10 ) 

( 3 )( 4 ) 

( 2 )( 4 ) 

( 6 )( 11 ) 

( 12 ) 

( 6 ) 

 

( 13 ) 

( 6 ) 

 

 

 

 

( 5 ) 

 

( 6 )( 7 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( 6 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( 6 )( 7 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

( 2 ) 

 

( 12 ) 

( 6 ) 

 

 

( 6 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Table 6.1, Table 6.2, Table 6.3. 

 

 

 

 

See Table 7. 

 

See Table 8. 

See Table 9. 

 

 

See Table 10. 

Note( 1 ) : Not applicable to size 12 models. 

( 2 ) : Applicable to size 15, 20, 25 and 30 models. 

( 3 ) : Not applicable to the side mounting type (model code: LWHY). 

( 4 ) : Not applicable to ultra sealed specification products. 

( 5 ) : Not applicable to size 8 and 10 models. 

( 6 ) : Not applicable to size 8, 10 and 12 models. 


( 8 ) : Only "LR" is applicable to size 8, 10 and 12 models. 


( 10 ) : Applicable to high carbon steel type. 


( 12 ) : Applicable to size 8, 10 and 12 models. 

( 13 ) : Not applicable to size 8, 10 and 12 models of interchangeable specification. 


2 : For size 85 models, no special specifications are applicable. 

220


 

BS 

D 

 

E 

 

F 

 

! 

 

 

J 

 

 

L 

 

 

LF 

 

 

N 

 

 

 

PS 

 

 

Q 

 

 

RE 

 

 

T 

 

 

U 

 

 

 

 

V 

 

 

W 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Y 

 

 

 

 

Z 

 

A BS D E F ! J L LF N PS Q RE T U V 

 

 

 

 

W Y 



3 : The combinations marked are applicable to non-interchangeable specification products. 

For combinations of interchangeable specification products, consult for further information. 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

221

Table 6.1 Female threads for bellows for flange type (Supplemental code /J, /JJ) 

b3 

b4 

4M1depth 

L1 

a1 

b1 

b2 

H3 

Grease nipple( 1 ) 

AM6F 

5 

a2 

a4 

D 

a3 

B 

2M2depth 

unit : mm 

Model number 

a1 

a2 

b1 

b2 

Slide unit 

b3 b4 

M1depth 

L1 2 

H3 

a3 

Track rail 

a4 M2depth 

LWHT 

LWHT 

15B 

15SL 

0 

03 

07 

15.5 

16 

9.5 

28 

M306 

083 

6.5 

04 

08 

M306 

LWHT 

15M 

086 

LWHT 

20B 

0 

99 

LWHT 

LWHT 

20SL 

20M 

0 

4 

10 

20.5 

22 

13.5 

36 

M306 

103 

8.5 

05 

09 

M408 

LWHTG 20 

128 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

25B 

25SL 

25M 

0 

0 

4 

13 

22 

26 

15 

40 

M306 

110 

115 

8.5 

05 

12 

M408 

LWHTG 25 

133 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

30B 

30SL 

30M 

0 

0 

5 

17 

28 

34 

20 

50 

M306 

128 

133 

11 

06 

14 

M408 

LWHTG 30 

154 

LWHT 

35B 

0 

137 

LWHT 

35M 

06 

20 

30 

40 

20 

60 

M306 

143 

13 

07 

15 

M408 

LWHTG 35 

0 

165 

LWHT 

45B 

160 

LWHT 

45M 

07 

26 

35 

50 

23 

74 

M408 

167 

15 

08 

19 

M510 

LWHTG 45 

203 

LWHT 55B 

LWHTG 55 

0 

7 

32 

40 

60 

27 

86 

M408 

196 

248 

17 

08 

25 

M510 

LWHT 65B 

LWHTG 65 

10 

46 

50 

70 

32 

106 

M510 

240 

314 

20 

10 

28 

M612 



information. 

( 2 ) : The values are for the slide unit with female threads for bellows at both ends. 

for further 

222

Table 6.2 Female threads for bellows for block type (Supplemental code /J, /JJ) 

a2 a1 

b3 

b1 

D 

B 

b4 

b2 

4M1depth 

H3 

a3 a4 

2M2depth 


(AM6F) 

5 

L1 

unit : mm 

Model number 

a1 

a2 

b1 

b2 

Slide unit 

b3 

b4 

M1depth 

L1 2 

H3 

a3 

Track rail 

a4 M2depth 

LWHD 

LWHD 

15B 

15M 

7 

7 

9 

16 

3 

28 

M3 6 

083 

086 

10.5 

4 

8 

M3 6 

LWHD 

25B 

110 

LWHD 

25M 

8 

13 

11 

26 

4 

40 

M3 6 

115 

12.5 

5 

12 

M4 8 

LWHDG 25 

133 

LWHD 

30B 

128 

LWHD 

30M 

8 

17 

13 

34 

5 

50 

M3 6 

133 

14 

6 

14 

M4 8 

LWHDG 30 

154 

LWHD 

35B 

137 

LWHD 

35M 

13 

20 

15 

40 

5 

60 

M3 6 

143 

20 

7 

15 

M4 8 

LWHDG 35 

165 

LWHD 

45B 

160 

LWHD 

45M 

17 

26 

18 

50 

6 

74 

M4 8 

167 

25 

8 

19 

M510 

LWHDG 45 

203 

LWHD 55B 

LWHDG 55 

17 

32 

20 

60 

7 

86 

M4 8 

196 

248 

27 

8 

25 

M510 

LWHD 65B 

LWHDG 65 

10 

46 

28 

70 

10 

106 

M510 

240 

314 

20 

10 

28 

M612 



information. 


for further 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

223

Table 6.3 Female threads for bellows for compact block type (Supplemental code /J, /JJ) 

b3 

b4 

4M1depth 

L1 

a2 a1 

b1 

D 

B 

b2 

H3 

a3 a4 

2M2depth 


AM6F 

5 

unit : mm 

Model number 

a1 

a2 

b1 

b2 

Slide unit 

b3 b4 

M1depth 

L1 2 

H3 

a3 

Track rail 

a4 M2depth 

LWHS 

LWHS 

15B 

15SL 

3 

07 

19 

16 

3 

28 

M36 

083 

16.5 

4 

18 

M36 

LWHS 

15M 

086 

LWHS 

LWHS 

LWHS 

20B 

20SL 

20M 

4 

10 

11 

22 

4 

36 

M36 

099 

103 

18.5 

5 

19 

M48 

LWHSG 20 

128 

LWHS 

LWHS 

LWHS 

25B 

25SL 

25M 

4 

13 

11 

26 

4 

40 

M36 

110 

115 

18.5 

5 

12 

M48 

LWHSG 25 

133 

LWHS 

LWHS 

LWHS 

30B 

30SL 

30M 

5 

17 

13 

34 

5 

50 

M36 

128 

133 

11.5 

6 

14 

M48 

LWHSG30 

154 



information. 


for further 

224



L4 

L1 


unit : mm 

Model number 

LWHDC 08SL 

LWHD 08SL 

LWHDG 08SL 

LWHDC 10SL 

LWHD 10SL 

LWHDG 10SL 

LWHDC 12SL 

LWHD 12 

LWHD 12SL 

LWHDG 12SL 

LWH 15B 

LWH 15SL 

LWH 20B 

LWH 20SL 

LWHG 20 

L1 

26 

32 

39 

34 

42 

50 

44 

56 

68 

75 

92 

121 

Model number 

LWH 25B 

LWH 25SL 

LWHG 25 

LWH 30B 

LWH 30SL 

LWHG 30 

LWH 35B 

LWHG 35 

LWH 45B 

LWHG 45 

LWH 55B 

LWHG 55 

LWH 65B 

LWHG 65 


L4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48 

60 

72 

78 

105 

134 

L1 

105 

127 

125 

151 

134 

162 

160 

203 

196 

248 

246 

320 

L4 

117 

139 

135 

161 

146 

174 

170 

213 

207 

258 

253 

327 


H1 

Model number 

LWH 8SL 

LWH 10SL 

LWH 12 

unit : mm 

Remark 1 : The above table shows representative model numbers but is applicable to all 

models of the same size. 

2 : H1 dimension of size 12 models is the same as the dimension without under seals. 

H 1 

1.5 

1.8 

3.2 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

225

Table 9 Slide unit with double end seals (Supplemental code / V, / V V) 

End seal 

L4 

L1 

End seal 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWH 15B 

LWH 15SL 

LWH 15M 

LWH 20B 

LWH 20SL 

LWH 20M 

LWHG 20 

LWH 25B 

LWH 25SL 

LWH 25M 

LWHG 25 

LWH 30B 

LWH 30SL 

LWH 30M 

LWHG 30 

L1 

72 

71 

91 

90 

119 

104 

103 

127 

122 

121 

148 


2 : The values are for the slide unit with double end seals at both ends. 

L4 

77 

76 

104 

103 

133 

116 

115 

139 

134 

133 

160 

Model number 

LWH 35B 

LWH 35M 

LWHG 35 

LWH 45B 

LWH 45M 

LWHG 45 

LWH 55B 

LWHG 55 

LWH 65B 

LWHG 65 

L1 

133 

161 

159 

158 

202 

196 

247 

241 

316 

L4 

146 

173 

170 

213 

206 

258 

251 

326 

226

Table 10 Slide unit with scrapers (Supplemental code /Z, /ZZ ) 

Scraper 

L4 

L1 

Scraper 


LWH 15B 

LWH 15SL 

73 75 

LWH 15M 72 74 

LWH 20B 

LWH 20SL 

91 104 

LWH 20M 90 101 

LWHG 20 119 133 

LWH 25B 

LWH 25SL 

104 116 

LWH 25M 103 113 

LWHG 25 126 139 


LWH 30B 

LWH 30SL 

124 135 

LWH 30M 123 131 

LWHG 30 150 161 

LWH 35B 

133 146 

LWH 35M 

LWHG 35 161 174 

LWH 45B 160 171 

LWH 45M 159 170 

LWHG 45 203 214 

LWH 55B 196 207 

LWHG 55 248 258 

LWH 65B 242 252 

LWHG 65 317 326 


2 : The values are for the slide unit with scrapers at both ends. 

unit : mm 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

227


Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Tables 11.1, 11.2 and 11.3. Track rails of any 

length are also available. Simply indicate the required length of track rail in mm in the identification number. 


For track rails of non-interchangeable specification longer than the maximum length shown in Tables 

11.1, 11.2 and 11.3, butt-jointing track rails are available upon request. In this case, indicate "/A" in the 

identification number. 

E dimensions at both ends are the same and are within the standard range of E unless otherwise specified. 

To change these dimensions, specify the specified rail mounting hole positions "/E" of special specification. 

For details, see page 85. 



Item 

Item 

Model number 


Pitch of mounting holesF 

E 


of E( 1 ) 


Model number 



E 

Standard range incl. 

of E( 1 ) 

under 


E 

F 

L 

LWH 12 LWH 15 … B LWH 20 … B LWH 25 … B LWH 30 … B 

80( 2) 180( 3) 240( 4) 240( 4) 480( 6) 

160( 4) 240( 4) 480( 8) 480( 8) 640( 8) 

240( 6) 360( 6) 660(11) 660(11) 800(10) 

320( 8) 480( 8) 840(14) 840(14) 1 040(13) 

400(10) 660(11) 1 020(17) 1 020(17) 1 200(15) 

480(12) 900(15) 1 200(20) 1 200(20) 1 520(19) 

560(14) 1 200(20) 1 500(25) 1 500(25) 2 000(25) 

640(16) 1 980(33) 

720(18) 

40 60 60 60 80 

20 30 30 30 40 

5.5 incl. 

7 8 9 10 

under 25.5 37 38 39 50 

1 480 1 500 1 980 3 000 2 960 

(3 000) (3 000) (3 960) (4 000) 

LWH 35 … B LWH 45 … B LWH 55 … B LWH 65 … B 

480( 6) 840( 8) 840( 7) 1 500(10) 

640( 8) 1 050(10) 1 200(10) 1 950(13) 

800(10) 1 260(12) 1 560(13) 3 000(20) 

1 040(13) 1 470(14) 1 920(16) 

1 200(15) 1 995(19) 3 000(25) 

1 520(19) 

80 105 120 150 

40 52.5 60 75 

10 12.5 15 17 

50 65 75 92 

2 960 2 940 3 000 3 000 

(4 000) (3 990) (3 960) (3 900) 

E 

unit : mm 


( 2 ) : Track rails with the maximum lengths in parentheses can be manufactured. Consult for further information. 

Remark : The above table shows representative model numbers but is applicable to all models of the same size. For the ultra sealed specification, 

see Table 11.3 on page 230. 

228



Item 


Item 

E 

Model number 


E 


of E( 1 ) 



Model number 


E 


of E( 1 ) 


incl. 

under 

incl. 

under 

F 

L 

unit : mm 

LWH 8 … SL LWH 10 … SL LWH 12 … SL LWH 15 … SL 

40( 2) 50( 2) 80( 2) 180( 3) 

80( 4) 100( 4) 160( 4) 240( 4) 

120( 6) 150( 6) 240( 6) 360( 6) 

160( 8) 200( 8) 320( 8) 480( 8) 

200(10) 250(10) 400(10) 660(11) 

240(12) 300(12) 480(12) 

280(14) 350(14) 560(14) 

400(16) 640(16) 

450(18) 720(18) 

500(20) 

20 25 40 60 

10 12.5 20 30 

4.5 5 5.5 7 

14.5 17.5 25.5 37 

480 850 1 000 1 200 

(1 000) (1 000) (1 480) (1 500) 

LWH 20 … SL LWH 25 … SL LWH 30 … SL 

240( 4) 240( 4) 480( 6) 

480( 8) 480( 8) 640( 8) 

660(11) 660(11) 800(10) 

840(14) 840(14) 1 040(13) 

60 60 80 

30 30 40 

8 9 10 

38 39 50 

1 200 1 200 1 200 

(1 980) (1 980) (2 000) 

E 




1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

229

Table 11.3 Standard and maximum lengths of ultra sealed type high carbon steel track rails 


E 

F 

L 

E 

Item 

Model number 



E 


of E( 1 ) 


incl. 

under 

Maximum number of butt-jointing rails 

Maximum length of butt-jointing rails 

unit : mm 

LWH 15 … M LWH 20 … M LWH 25 … M LWH 30 … M LWH 35 … M LWH 45 … M 

180( 3) 240( 4) 240( 4) 480( 6) 480( 6) 840( 8) 

240( 4) 480( 8) 480( 8) 640( 8) 640( 8) 1 050(10) 

360( 6) 660(11) 660(11) 800(10) 800(10) 1 260(12) 

480( 8) 840(14) 840(14) 1 040(13) 1 040(13) 1 470(14) 

660(11) 1 020(17) 1 020(17) 1 200(15) 1 200(15) 1 995(19) 

1 200(20) 1 200(20) 1 520(19) 1 520(19) 

1 500(25) 1 500(25) 

60 60 60 80 80 105 

30 30 30 40 40 52.5 

7 8 9 10 10 12.5 

37 38 39 50 50 65 

1 500 1 980 3 000 2 960 2 960 2 940 

3 3 3 3 3 3 

4 200 5 640 8 700 8 480 8 480 8 295 



230

Specification of ultra sealed type track rail mounted from the lower side 

In this specification, aluminum caps are press-fitted into the track rail mounting holes in advance and the 

track rail is fixed from the mounting surface side. As the top surface of the track rail is flat, close contact 

with seals can be obtained, further improving the sealing effect. 

Table12 Dimensions of ultra sealed type track rails mounted from the lower side 


H4 

h1 

h2 

W 

E 

M 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

LWH 15MU 

LWHT 15MU 

LWHD 15MU 

LWHS 15MU 

LWH 20MU 

LWHT 20MU 

LWHS 20MU 

LWH 25MU 

LWHT 25MU 

LWHD 25MU 

LWHS 25MU 

LWH 30MU 

LWHT 30MU 

LWHD 30MU 

LWHS 30MU 

LWH 35MU 

LWHT 35MU 

LWHD 35MU 

LWH 45MU 

LWHT 45MU 

LWHD 45MU 

Mass 

(Ref.) 

kg/m 

Dimensions 

mm 

W H4 E F M h1 2 h2 

1.47 15 15 30 60 M 6 12 9 

2.56 20 18 30 60 M 8 13.5 9.5 

3.50 23 22 30 60 M10 18 13 

4.82 28 25 40 80 M12 20 13 

6.85 34 28 40 80 M12 23 16 

10.7 45 34 52.5 105 M16 29 17 

Note( 1 ) : For the track rail length, see Table 11.3 on page 230. 

( 2 ) : The mounting bolt length should be less than the h1 dimension. 

Remark : The track rail mounting bolts are not appended. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

231

Linear Way H : Flange type 


LWH B 

LWHG 

LWH 

LWH 

SL(Stainless steel made) 

M(Ultra sealed type) 

W4 

W2 

W3 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4d1 

H4 

h 

H2 

H1 

H 

H3 

N 

W 

d3 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

LWH 15 … B 

LWH 15 … SL 

LWH 15 … M 


 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide unitTrack rail 

 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

 


mm 


0.22 1.47 24 4.5 16 47 38 4.5 66 30 44.6 69 4.5 


mm 


track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


C C0 T0 TX TY 

Bolt size x length 

 

7 4.5 15 15 4.5 8 6 30 60 M416 9 360 13 900 116 


99.2 99.2 

577 577 

LWH 

LWH 

LWH 

LWHG20 

LWH 

LWH 

LWH 

LWHG25 

20 … B 

20 … SL 

20 … M 

25 … B 

25 … SL 

25 … M 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.48 83 57.2 95 

2.56 30 5 21.5 63 53 5 40 6 

0.71 112 86 124 

0.70 95 64.7 106 

3.50 36 6.5 23.5 70 57 6.5 45 7 

0.93 118 87.4 129 

Note( 1 ) : Track rail lengths are shown in Table 11.1 on page 228, Table 11.2 on page 229 and Table 11.3 on page 230. 


below. 



2 : The appended track rail mounting bolts are hexagon socket head bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent. 

For stainless steel type Linear Way H, stainless steel bolts are appended. 


CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

10 5.5 20 18 6 9.5 8.5 30 60 M518 

10 6.5 23 22 7 11 9 30 60 M622 

14 500 21 900 241 

19 100 32 900 362 

20 100 29 800 376 

24 300 39 800 501 


Model code 

LWH B 

LWH 

LWHG 

Size of 

rolling guide 




(900 millimeters) 





Heavy preload : T3 


High : H 

Precision : P 





202 202 

1 130 1 130 

437 437 

2 220 2 220 

320 320 

1 750 1 750 

553 553 

2 840 2 840 

LWH 15 C2 R900 B 

T1 P S1 /V 

Sealing 


Ultra sealed specification : M 

Material 





232 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

233



LWH B 

LWHG 

LWH 

LWH 



W4 

W2 

W3 

W4 

W2 

W3 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4d1 

H 

H4 

h 

H2 

H1 

H3 

N 

W 

H1 

H 

H2 

H5 

H3 

N 

W 

d3 

LWHG85 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

LWH 

LWH 

LWH 

LWHG30 

LWH 

LWH 

LWHG35 

LWH 

LWH 

LWHG45 

LWH 

LWHG55 

LWH 

LWHG65 

LWHG85 

30 … B 

30 … SL 

30 … M 

35 … B 

35 … M 

45 … B 

45 … M 

55 … B 

65 … B 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass (Ref.) 


 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 d1 

H2 H3 H5 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

1.28 113 80.6 124 

4.82 42 7 31 90 72 9 52 9 

1.69 139 106.6 150 

1.79 123 86.2 135 

6.85 48 8 33 100 82 9 62 9 

2.35 151 114 163 

3.17 147 103.4 158 

10.7 60 10 37.5 120 100 10 80 11 

4.34 190 146.6 201 

5.30 183 132 194 

15.5 70 13 43.5 140 116 12 95 14 

7.40 235 183.6 246 

12.3 229 164 239 

22.2 90 14 53.5 170 142 14 110 16 

17.6 303 238.8 313 

25.9 34.6 110 16 65 215 185 15 318 140 240 18 



below. 






CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

10 8 28 25 9 14 12 40 80 M 828 

13 10 34 28 9 14 12 40 80 M 828 

15 13 45 34 14 20 17 52.5 105 M1235 

17 14 53 41 16 23 20 60 120 M1445 

23 20 63 48 18 26 22 75 150 M1650 

C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

28 100 42 200 646 

33 600 55 200 844 

37 100 55 700 878 

44 900 74 200 1 170 

56 500 83 200 1 720 

71 300 118 000 2 430 

84 700 126 000 3 050 

105 000 174 000 4 230 

131 000 191 000 5 510 

169 000 279 000 8 060 

30 22 15 85 58 26 39 30 90 180 M2460 273 000 398 000 13 100 


Model code 

LWH B 

LWH 

LWHG 

Size of 

rolling guide 




mm 









High : H 

Precision : P 



556 556 

2 930 2 930 

927 927 

4 620 4 620 

655 601 

3 600 3 310 

1 130 1 040 

5 780 5 300 

1 200 1 100 

6 420 5 900 

2 320 2 130 

11 500 10 500 

2 300 2 110 

12 000 11 000 

4 280 3 920 

20 900 19 200 

4 280 3 930 

22 800 21 000 

8 850 8 100 

43 100 39 500 

11 500 11 500 

57 200 57 400 

LWH 30 C2 R800 B 

T1 P S1 /V 

Sealing 



Material 




track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 







234 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

235



LWHT B 

LWHTG 

LWHT 

LWHT 



W4 

d1 

W2 

W3 

W4 

W2 

W3 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1 

H4 

h 

d3 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

Model number 

8 … SL 

10 … SL 

12 

LWHTG20 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHTG25 

12 … SL 

15 … B 

15 … SL 

15 … M 

20 … B 

20 … SL 

20 … M 

25 … B 

25 … SL 

25 … M 


H2 

H3 

H1 

H 

H2 

H3 

N 

W 

H1 

H 

N 

W 

LWHT 08SL 

LWHT 10SL 

LWHT 12 

Mass (Ref.) 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

 


 

0.22 1.47 24 4.5 16 47 38 4.5 66 30 44.6 69 

0.48 83 57.2 95 

2.56 30 5 21.5 63 53 5 40 

0.71 112 86 124 

0.70 95 64.7 106 

3.50 36 6.5 23.5 70 57 6.5 45 

0.93 118 87.4 129 

C C0 T0 TX TY 

M5 7 4.5 15 15 4.5 8 6 30 60 M416 9 360 13 900 116 

M6 10 5.5 20 18 6 9.5 8.5 30 60 M518 

M8 10 6.5 23 22 7 11 9 30 60 M622 

14 500 21 900 241 

19 100 32 900 362 

20 100 29 800 376 

24 300 39 800 501 



H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 d1( 3 ) 

M1 H2 H3 W H4 d3 d4 

 

h E F Bolt size x length 

 

5.8 4.8 

0.015 0.32 10 2.1 8 24 19 2.5 24 10 15.3 1.9 

M2.3 3.5 2 8 6 2.4 4.2 2.3 10 20 M2 8 1 360 2 200 9.1 

33.2 27.9 

13.7 11.5 

0.032 0.47 12 2.4 10 30 24 3 32 12 21.4 2.6 

M3 4.5 2.5 10 7 3.5 6 3.5 12.5 25 M3 8 2 350 3 840 20.0 

76.5 64.2 

 

46.4 38.9 

0.11 0.86 19 3.2 14 40 32 4 46 15 31.6 50 3.4 

M4 6 4 12 10.5 3.5 6 4.5 20 40 M312 5 500 8 630 53.5 

246 207 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


( 2 ) : The directions of basic dynamic load rating (C), basic static load rating (C0) and static moment rating (T0, TX, TY) are shown in the sketches 

below. 


( 3 ) : LWHT8SL, LWHT10SL and LWHT12SL can also be mounted from the lower side. 




3 : For grease nipple and oil hole specifications, see page 92. 

4 : LWHT8SL and LWHT10SL are provided with an oil hole. 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

 

 

 


Model code 

LWHT B 

LWHT 

LWHTG 

Size of 

rolling guide 




mm 










High : H 

Precision : P 





99.2 99.2 

577 577 

202 202 

1 130 1 130 

437 437 

2 220 2 220 

320 320 

1 750 1 750 

553 553 

2 840 2 840 

LWHT 15 C2 R900 B 

T1 P S1 /V 

Sealing 



Material 



Mounting bolt 

for track rail 

mm 





236 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

237



LWHT B 

LWHTG 

LWHT SL(Stainless steel made) 

LWHT M(Ultra sealed type) 

W4 

W2 

W3 

W4 

W2 

W3 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1 

H2 

H3 

H1 

H 

H5 

N 

W 

H1 

H 

H4 

h 

H2 

H3 

N 

W 

d3 

LWHTG 85 

E F E 

L 1 

Model number 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHTG30 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHTG35 

LWHT 

LWHT 

LWHTG45 

LWHT 

LWHTG55 

LWHT 

LWHTG65 

LWHTG85 

30 … B 

30 … SL 

30 … M 

35 … B 

35 … M 

45 … B 

45 … M 

55 … B 

65 … B 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

kg 

Track rail 

kg/m 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 H2 H3 H5 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

1.28 113 80.6 124 

4.82 42 7 31 90 72 9 52 M 10 

1.69 139 106.6 150 

1.79 123 86.2 135 

6.85 48 8 33 100 82 9 62 M 10 

2.35 151 114 163 

3.17 147 103.4 158 

10.7 60 10 37.5 120 100 10 80 M 12 

4.34 190 146.6 201 

5.30 183 132 194 

15.5 70 13 43.5 140 116 12 95 M 14 

7.40 235 183.6 246 

12.3 229 164 239 

22.2 90 14 53.5 170 142 14 110 M 16 

17.6 303 238.8 313 

25.9 34.6 110 16 65 215 185 15 318 140 240 M 20 



below. 






CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

10 8 28 25 9 14 12 40 80 M 828 

13 10 34 28 9 14 12 40 80 M 828 

15 13 45 34 14 20 17 52.5 105 M1235 

17 14 53 41 16 23 20 60 120 M1445 

23 20 63 48 18 26 22 75 150 M1650 

C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

28 100 42 200 646 

33 600 55 200 844 

37 100 55 700 878 

44 900 74 200 1 170 

56 500 83 200 1 720 

71 300 118 000 2 430 

84 700 126 000 3 050 

105 000 174 000 4 230 

131 000 191 000 5 510 

169 000 279 000 8 060 

35 22 15 85 58 26 39 30 90 180 M2460 273 000 398 000 13 100 


Model code 

LWHT B 

LWHT 

LWHTG 

Size of 

rolling guide 




mm 


556 556 

2 930 2 930 

927 927 

4 620 4 620 

655 601 

3 600 3 310 

1 130 1 040 

5 780 5 300 

1 200 1 100 

6 420 5 900 

2 320 2 130 

11 500 10 500 

2 300 2 110 

12 000 11 000 

4 280 3 920 

20 900 19 200 

4 280 3 930 

22 800 21 000 

8 850 8 100 

43 100 39 500 

11 500 11 500 

57 200 57 400 

LWHT 30 C2 R800 B 

T1 P S1 /V 



Sealing 



Material 




track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 




Light preload :T1 

Medium preload :T2 

Heavy preload :T3 

Basic static 



High : H 

Precision : P 







238 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

239

Linear Way H : Block type 


LWHD B 

LWHDG 

LWHDCSL (Stainless steel made) 

LWHD SL (Stainless steel made) 

LWHDGSL (Stainless steel made) 

LWHD M (Ultra sealed type) 

W4 

W2 

W3 

H3 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1depth 

2M1depthLWHDC … SL 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

N 

W 

d3 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

LWHDC 8 … SL 

LWHD 8 … SL 

LWHDG 8 … SL 

LWHDC10 … SL 

LWHD 10 … SL 

LWHDG10 … SL 

LWHDC12 … SL 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Slide 

unit 

kg 

Mass (Ref.) 

Track 

rail 

kg/m 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


0.008 18 9.0 

0.013 0.32 11 2.1 4 16 10 3 24 15.3 M2 2.5 

10 

0.018 30.5 21.7 

0.018 24 13.4 

0.027 0.47 13 2.4 5 20 13 3.5 32 21.4 M2.6 3 

12 

0.036 40 29.4 

0.058 34 19.6 38 


mm 


track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

H3 W H4 d3 d4 h E F Bolt size length 

 

964 1 320 5.5 

2.3 1.9 

15.7 13.2 

3 8 6 2.4 4.2 2.3 10 20 M2 8 1 360 2 200 9.1 

5.8 4.8 

33.2 27.9 

1 700 3 080 12.8 

10.8 9.1 

57.2 48.0 

1 740 2 440 12.7 

6.0 5.0 

38.2 32.0 

3.5 10 7 3.5 6 3.5 12.5 25 M3 8 2 350 3 840 20.0 

13.7 11.5 

76.5 64.2 

2 890 5 230 27.2 

24.7 20.7 

127 106 

4 070 5 490 34.1 

20.2 16.9 

122 102 

LWHD 

LWHD 

12 

12 … SL 

 

 

0.091 0.86 20 3.2 7.5 27 15 6 46 

15 

31.6 50 M4 5 

5 12 10.5 3.5 6 4.5 20 40 M312 5 500 8 630 53.5 

46.4 38.9 

246 207 

LWHDG12 … SL 

 

0.118 58 43.6 62 

6 760 11 800 73 

83.4 70.0 

414 347 

LWHD 

LWHD 

15 … B 

15 … M 

 

0.23 1.47 28 4.5 9.5 34 26 4 66 26 44.6 69 M4 10 

8.5 15 15 4.5 8 6 30 60 M416 9 360 13 900 116 

99.2 99.2 

577 577 

LWHD 

LWHD 

25 … B 

25 … M 

 

0.65 95 35 64.7 106 

3.50 40 6.5 12.5 48 35 6.5 M6 12 

10.5 23 22 7 11 9 30 60 M622 

20 100 29 800 376 

320 320 

1 750 1 750 

LWHDG25 

 

0.80 118 50 87.4 129 

24 300 39 800 501 

553 553 

2 840 2 840 



below. 





3 : For grease nipple and oil hole specifications, see page 92. 

4 : LWHD8SL and LWHD10SL are provided with an oil hole. 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 


LWHD 15 C2 R900 B 

T1 P S1 /V 

Model code 

LWHD B 

LWHDC 

LWHD 

LWHDG 

Size of 

rolling guide 





Sealing 

Standard specification No symbol 

Ultra sealed specification M 

Material 

High carbon steel made No symbol 

Stainless steel made SL 


Clearance T0 






High H 

Precision P 

Super precision SP 






240 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

241

Linear Way H : Block type 


LWHD B 

LWHDG 

LWHD M (Ultra sealed type) 

W2 

L4 

L1 

L3 

4M1depth 

W4 

W3 

d4 

L2 

Model number 

LWHD 

LWHD 

LWHDG30 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

H3 

N 

W 

d3 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

LWHD 

LWHD 

LWHDG35 

LWHD 

LWHD 

LWHDG45 

LWHD 

LWHDG55 

LWHD 

LWHDG65 

30 … B 

30 … M 

35 … B 

35 … M 

45 … B 

45 … M 

55 … B 

65 … B 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


1.12 113 40 80.6 124 

4.82 45 7 16 60 40 10 M8 16 

1.44 139 60 106.6 150 

1.74 123 50 86.2 135 

6.85 55 8 18 70 50 10 M8 16 

2.26 151 72 114 163 

3.30 147 60 103.4 158 

10.7 70 10 20.5 86 60 13 M1020 

4.57 190 80 146.6 201 

5.36 183 75 132 194 

15.5 80 13 23.5 100 75 12.5 M1225 

7.20 235 95 183.6 246 

9.80 229 70 164 239 

22.2 90 14 31.5 126 76 25 M1630 

14.3 303 120 238.8 313 



below. 






CC0 

Slide 

unit 

kg 

T0 

Track 

rail 

kg/m 

TX 

TY 


mm 



track rail 

mm 

11 28 25 9 14 12 40 80 M8 28 

17 34 28 9 14 12 40 80 M8 28 

23 45 34 14 20 17 52.5 105 M1235 

24 53 41 16 23 20 60 120 M1445 

20 63 48 18 26 22 75 150 M1650 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

28 100 42 200 646 

33 600 55 200 844 

37 100 55 700 878 

44 900 74 200 1 170 

56 500 83 200 1 720 

71 300 118 000 2 430 

84 700 126 000 3 050 

105 000 174 000 4 230 

131 000 191 000 5 510 

169 000 279 000 8 060 


Model code 

LWHD B 

LWHD 

LWHDG 

Size of 

rolling guide 











High H 

Precision P 



556 556 

2 930 2 930 

927 927 

4 620 4 620 

655 601 

3 600 3 310 

1 130 1 040 

5 780 5 300 

1 200 1 100 

6 420 5 900 

2 320 2 130 

11 500 10 500 

2 300 2 110 

12 000 11 000 

4 280 3 920 

20 900 19 200 

4 280 3 930 

22 800 21 000 

8 850 8 100 

43 100 39 500 

LWHD 35 C2 R800 B 

T1 P S1 /V 

Sealing 



Material 








242 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

243

Linear Way H : Compact block type 

Compact block type mounted from the upper side 

LWHS B 

LWHSG 

LWHS SL (Stainless steel made) 

LWHS M(Ultra sealed type) 

W4 

W2 

W3 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

4M1depth 

H 

H1 

H3 

N 

W 

Model number 

LWHS 15 … B 

LWHS 15 … SL 

LWHS 15 … M 


H4 

h 

E 

d3 

F 

L 1 

E 

 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

kg 

Track 

rail 

kg/m 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


0.18 1.47 24 4.5 9.5 34 26 4 66 26 44.6 69 M4 8 


mm 


track rail 

mm 


 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5 15 15 4.5 8 6 30 60 M416 9 360 13 900 116 


99.2 99.2 

577 577 

LWHS 

LWHS 

LWHS 

LWHSG20 

LWHS 

LWHS 

LWHS 

LWHSG25 

LWHS 

LWHS 

LWHS 

LWHSG30 

20 … B 

20 … SL 

20 … M 

25 … B 

25 … SL 

25 … M 

30 … B 

30 … SL 

30 … M 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.36 83 36 57.2 95 

2.56 30 5 12 44 32 6 M510 

0.53 112 50 86 124 

0.55 95 35 64.7 106 

3.50 36 6.5 12.5 48 35 6.5 M612 

0.67 118 50 87.4 129 

1.00 113 40 80.6 124 

4.82 42 7 16 60 40 10 M816 

1.29 139 60 106.6 150 



below. 






CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

5.5 20 18 6 9.5 8.5 30 60 M518 

6.5 23 22 7 11 9 30 60 M622 

8 28 25 9 14 12 40 80 M828 

14 500 21 900 241 

19 100 32 900 362 

20 100 29 800 376 

24 300 39 800 501 

28 100 42 200 646 

33 600 55 200 844 


Model code 

LWHS B 

LWHS 

LWHSG 

Size of 

rolling guide 











High H 

Precision P 





202 202 

1 130 1 130 

437 437 

2 220 2 220 

320 320 

1 750 1 750 

553 553 

2 840 2 840 

556 556 

2 930 2 930 

927 927 

4 620 4 620 

LWHS 15 C2 R900 B 

T1 P S1 /V 

Sealing 



Material 





244 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

245

Linear Way H : Side mounting type 


LWHY 

L4 

L1 

L3 

W2 

4M1depth 

d4 

L2 

H3 

H1 

H6 

H4 

H 

h 

H5 

W 

d3 

N 

E 

F 

E 

L 1 

Model number 

LWHY15 

LWHY20 

LWHY25 

LWHY30 

LWHY35 

LWHY45 

LWHY55 

LWHY65 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

kg 

Track 

rail 

kg/m 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1depth H3 H5 H6 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

0.23 1.47 28 4.5 24.3 34 66 18 44.6 69 M 44 8.5 

0.36 2.56 30 5 31.5 43.7 83 25 57.2 95 M 55 5.5 

0.65 3.50 40 6.5 35 47.7 95 30 64.7 106 M 66 10.5 

1.12 4.82 45 7 43.5 59.7 113 40 80.6 124 M 67 11 

1.74 6.85 55 8 51.5 69.7 123 43 86.2 135 M 89 17 

3.30 10.7 70 10 65 85.7 147 55 103.4 158 M1011 23 

5.36 15.5 80 13 76 99.7 183 70 132 194 M1213 24 

9.80 22.2 90 14 94.5 126 229 85 164 239 M1616 20 

Note( 1 ) : Track rail lengths are shown in Table 11.1 on page 228. 


below. 


Remark 1 : The appended track rail mounting bolts are hexagon socket head bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent. 



mm 


track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

4 9 15 15 4.5 8 6 30 60 M 416 9 360 13 900 116 

4 10 20 18 6 9.5 8.5 30 60 M 518 14 500 21 900 241 

6 12 23 22 7 11 9 30 60 M 622 20 100 29 800 376 

8 14 28 25 9 14 12 40 80 M 828 28 100 42 200 646 

8 18 34 28 9 14 12 40 80 M 828 31 200 43 500 878 

10 22 45 34 14 20 17 52.5 105 M1235 47 600 65 000 1 720 

12 25 53 41 16 23 20 60 120 M1445 71 200 98 300 3 050 

12 30 63 48 18 26 22 75 150 M1650 110 000 149 000 5 510 



99.2 99.2 

577 577 

202 202 

1 130 1 130 

320 320 

1 750 1 750 

556 556 

2 930 2 930 

665 601 

3 600 3 310 

1 200 1 100 

6 420 5 900 

2 300 2 110 

12 000 11 000 

4 280 3 930 

22 800 21 000 

LWHY 15 C2 R900 T1 P /V 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWHY 

Size of 

rolling guide 



Length of track rail(900 millimeters) 







High H 

Precision P 




246 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

247


U.S. PATENTED 


LWFHLWFFLWFS 

Linear Way F is a linear motion rolling guide, featuring a wide track rail along which a highly rigid 

slide unit performs endless linear motion. A large number of large diameter steel balls are 

incorporated in two rows and in four point contact with the raceways, so stable high accuracy and 

rigidity can be obtained in operations even under fluctuating loads with changing direction and 

magnitude or complex loads. Being a wide rail type, it can support a large moment load acting 

around the axial direction, and it is also suitable for single row rail arrangement. 

Wide structure 

Because the distance between the load points under a 

moment load is large, this guide has high load capacity 

under moment load and complex load. 


Three types of slide units are available; two flange types 

of different dimension series and one block type with a 

narrower width. 








Linear Way F includes interchangeable specification 

products. The dimensions of slide units and track rails 

of this specification are individually controlled, so that 

the slide units and track rails can be combined, added 

or exchanged freely. 

Good load balance 

Owing to the simple two row design, large diameter 

steel balls are incorporated to receive loads in all 

directions with high load ratings. 

High rigidity 

Steel balls are arranged in four point contact with the 

raceways in a highly rigid casing, and they are tightly 

held in their position without play. So high rigidity in all 

directions is obtained. 

U.S. PATENT No. 6,176,617 

No. 5,967,667 

No. 4,505,522 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Casing 

Steel ball 


End plate 

End seal 

Grease nipple 

Structure of Linear Way F 

248

Linear Way F series 

Shape 

Model 


from the upper/lower side 

LWFH 

LWFF 




LWFS 

LWFSSL 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

249


The specification of Linear Way F is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a model code, a 

size, a part code, a material symbol, a preload symbol, a classification symbol, an interchangeable code and 

any supplemental codes. For details of each specification, see page 74. 


Slide unit 

LWFF 

37 C1 

T1 P 

S1 /Z 


LWFF 37 R800 P 

S1 /F 

Assembled set 

LWFF 

37 C1 R800 T1 P 

S1 

/FZ 

Non-Interchangeable specification 

Assembled set 

LWFF 

37 C1 R800 T1 P /FZ 

1 Series 

Model code 


Size 

3Number of slide units 

Part code 

4 


5 

Material 


6 



7 



8 



9 



Note( 1 ) : For the model code of a single track rail of interchangeable specification of LWFS, indicate "LWFF". 

250

1 Series 

Flange type mounted from the 

upper/lower side LWFH 

LWFF 

Block type mounted from the upper side LWFS 

For available models and sizes of 

slide units, see Table 1. 


Table 1 Models and sizes of Linear Way F 

Size 

33 

37 

40 

42 

60 

69 

90 

Model 

Flange type 


LWFH LWFF 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Block type 

High carbon steel made Stainless steel made 

LWFS LWFSSL 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Assembled set 

Slide unit 

C 

C1 





Assembled set 

Track rail 

R 

R 



page 260. 

5 Material 

High carbon steel made No symbol 


SL 

For applicable material types, see Table 1. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

251


Standard 

Light preload 


No symbol 

T1 

T2 


slide unit. For applicable amount, see Table 2. For 

details of preload amount, see page 82. 


Size 

33 

37 

40 

42 

60 

69 

90 

Standard 

(No symbol) 


Light preload Medium preload 

T1 T2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



HighH 

PrecisionP 

Super precisionSP 

For applicable accuracy, see Table 3. For the 

interchangeable specification, combine slide units 

and track rails of the same class. For details of 



Size 

33 

37 

40 

42 

60 

69 

90 

High 

H 


Precision Super precision 

P SP 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


252




S1 

S2 


products. Combine track rails and slide units with 





For applicable special specifications, see Tables 4.1 

and 4.2. When several special specifications are 

required, see Table 5. For details of special 

specifications, see page 83. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

253

Table 4.1 Special specifications of LWFH 











No end seal 


Under seals 



Scrapers 

Supplemental 

code 

A 

C 

D 

E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

N 

Q 

U 

W 

Y 

Z 

Assembled set 

 

1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Track rail 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : Applicable to size 40 and 60 models. 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Slide unit 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimension 

See Fig. 1. 

See Table 6.1. 

See Table 7. 

See Table 8. 

See Table 10. 

Table 4.2 Special specifications of LWFF, LWFS 










No end seal 


Under seals 




Scrapers 

Supplemental 

code 

A 

D 

E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

N 

Q 

U 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assembled set 

 

 

 

 

 

1 

 

 

 

 

2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Track rail 

 

 

 

 

 

1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : Not applicable to stainless steel made interchangeable specification products. 

( 2 ) : The H1 dimension is the same as the dimension of standard products (without under seals). 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Slide unit 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 

 

 

 

 

Dimension 

See Table 6.2. 

See Table 7. 

See Table 8. 

See Table 9. 

See Table 10. 

254


C 

 

D 

E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

N 

Q 

U 

W 

Y 

Z 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A C D E F ! J L LF N Q U W Y 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D 

E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

N 

Q 

U 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

A D E F ! J L LF N Q U V W Y 

 


2 : In the table, the mark indicates that this combination cannot be made. 

3 : The combinations marked are applicable to non-interchangeable specification products. 

For combinations of interchangeable specification products, consult for further information. 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

255

D 

1 

1 

1 

1 

B 

Fig. 1 Chamfers on reference surfaces (Supplemental code /CC) 

Table 6.1 Female threads for bellows of LWFH (Supplemental code /J, /JJ) 

b3 

b4 

2M1depth 

b1 

b2 

2M2depth 

a3 

a2 a1 

D 

B 

b5 

b6 

2M3depth 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LWFH40 

LWFH60 

LWFH90 

a1 

3 

4 

6 

a2 

 

11 

17 

b1 

23.5 

29 

41 

b2 

35 

52 

80 

Slide unit 

b3 

 

10 

13 

b4 

 

90 

136 

M1depth 

M36 

M36 

M35 

M2depth 

 

M33 

M35 

a3 

09 

11 

13 

b5 

08 

10 

15 

Track rail 

b6 

24 

40 

60 

M3depth 

M36 

M48 

M48 

256

Table 6.2 Female threads for bellows of LWFF, LWFS (Supplemental code /J, /JJ) 

Size333742 

b1 

b2 

L5 

L1 


 

Size69 

b1 b2 

15 90 

L5 

L1 


14 b1 

a3 H3 

a1 

a3 H3 

2M3depth6 

b5 

b6 

2M3depth6 

4M3depth6 

b5 

b6 

2M4depth8 

Model number 

LWFF33 

LWFS33 

LWFF37 

LWFS37 

LWFF42 

LWFS42SL 

LWFF69 

Slide unit 

Track rail 

a1 b1 b2 L1 2 L5 H3 a3 b5 b6 

4 

8.25 

3.25 

43.5 71 5 1 6 7.5 18 

6 

10 

3 

48 78 5 1 6.5 8.5 20 

9.5 

12 

3 

56 92 7 4.5 8 9 24 

9 35 50 125 7 5 11 14.5 40 


For grease nipple specifications, see page 92. 


Remark : For the size 33 and 37 models, the dimension indicated by an asterisk () is higher than the H dimension of Linear Way F. 

For details, consult for further information. 

unit : mm 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

257



L4 

L1 


unit : mm 

Model number 

LWFH40 

LWFH60 

LWFH90 

LWFF33 

LWFF37 

LWFF42 

LWFF69 

L1 

78 

98 

131 

64 

73 

86 

121 

L4 

 

 

 

67 

75 

99 

133 

Model number 

LWFS 33 

LWFS 33SL 

LWFS 37 

LWFS 37SL 

LWFS 42SL 

L1 

64 

73 

86 

L4 

67 

75 

99 


unit : mm 

H1 

Model number 

LWFH40 

LWFH60 

LWFH90 

H1 

3 

4 

5 

Remark : The H1 dimension of LWFF and LWFS is the same as 

that without under seals. 

Table 9 LWFF and LWFS slide units with double end seals (Supplemental code /VV) 

End seal 

L4 

L1 

End seal 

Model number 

LWFF 33 

LWFS 33 

LWFF 37 

LWFS 37 

LWFF 42 

LWFF 69 

unit : mm 

Remark : The above dimensions are for slide units with double end seals 

at both ends. 

L1 

0 61 

0 70 

082 

117 

L4 

0 64 

0 74 

096 

130 

258

Table 10.1 LWFH slide unit with scrapers (Supplemental code /ZZ) 

Scraper 

L1 

Scraper 

unit : mm 

Model number L1 

LWFH 40 79.2 

LWFH 60 99.2 

LWFH 90 130 

Remark : The above values are for slide units with scrapers at both 

ends. 

Table 10.2 LWFF and LWFS slide units with scrapers (Supplemental code /ZZ) 

Scraper 

L4 

L1 

Scraper 

unit : mm 


LWFF 33 

LWFS 33 

LWFF 37 

LWFS 37 

62 

71 

64 

75 

LWFF 42 84 97 

LWFF 69 119 131 

Remark : The above values are for slide units with scrapers at both ends. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

259


Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Table 11.1 and 11.2. Track rails of any length are 

also available. Simply indicate the required length of track rail in mm in the identification number. 


For track rails longer than the maximum length shown in Table 11.1 and 11.2, butt-jointing track rails 

are available upon request. In this case, indicate "/A" in the identification number. 





2nNumber of mounting holes 

E 

F 

L 

E 

unit : mm 

Item 


E 



of E 1 


Item 


E 



of E 1 


Model number 

incl. 

under 

Model number 

incl. 

under 

LWFH 40 LWFH 60 LWFH 90 

180( 3) 240( 3) 480( 6) 

240( 4) 480( 5) 640( 8) 

360( 6) 640( 8) 800(10) 

480( 8) 800(10) 1 040(13) 

660(11) 1 040(13) 1 200(15) 

840(14) 1 520(19) 

60 80 80 

30 40 40 

8 10 10 

38 50 50 

1 500 1 520 1 520 

LWFF 33 

LWFS 33 

120( 3) 

200( 5) 

320( 8) 

480(12) 

560(14) 

40 

20 

7 

27 

1 600 

LWFF 37 LWFF 42 LWFF 69 

LWFS 37 

150( 3) 180( 3) 320( 4) 

250( 5) 240( 4) 480( 6) 

400( 8) 360( 6) 800(10) 

500(10) 480( 8) 1 040(13) 

600(12) 660(11) 1 280(16) 

800(16) 840(14) 1 600(20) 

50 60 80 

25 30 40 

7 7 9 

32 37 49 

2 000 1 980 2 000 


( 2 ) : Track rails exceeding the maximum length can also be manufactured. Consult for further information. 

260



E 

F 

L 

E 

unit : mm 

Item 


E 



of E 1 


Model number 

incl. 

under 

LWFS 33SL LWFS 37SL LWFS 42SL 

120( 3) 150( 3) 180( 3) 

200( 5) 250( 5) 240( 4) 

320( 8) 400( 8) 360(06) 

480(12) 500(10) 480(08) 

560(14) 600(12) 660(11) 

800(16) 840(14) 

40 50 60 

20 25 30 

7 7 7 

27 32 37 

1 200 1 200 1 200 


( 2 ) : Track rails exceeding the maximum length can also be manufactured. Consult for further information. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

261

Linear Way F : Flange type 

Flange type mounted from the upper/lower side 

LWFH 

W1 

W2 

W2 

L1 

W4 

W3 

W3 

2M1depth2 

W4 

W3 

W3 

2M1depth2 

L2 

4M1depth1 

4d1 

2d1 

4M1depth1 

4d1 

2d1 

d4 

L5 

H 

H 

H2 

H1 

H2 

H4 

h 

H3 

H3 

W6 

W5 

H1 

W6 

W5 

d3 

N 

W 

N 

W 

E 

F 

E 

LWFH40LWFH60 

LWFH90 

L( 1 ) 

Model number 

LWFH40 


Mass (Ref.) 


kg kg/m 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H H1 N W1 W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L5 d1 M1depth1 depth2 H2 

0.58 4.60 27 5 21 92 82 37 4 70 60 27.5 4.3 M 514 8 14 


mm 

H3 W H4 W5 W6 d3 d4 h E F 


track rail 

mm 


Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

6.5 40 16 24 8 4.5 7.2 6 30 60 M416 10 800 17 200 295 

( 2 ) 

112 103 

635 584 

LWFH60 

1.29 8.60 35 6 25 120 110 47.5 7.5 90 75 45 6.7 M 818 11 18 

6.5 60 20 40 10 7 11 9 40 80 M622 13 600 24 300 628 

218 200 

1 130 1 040 

LWFH90 

4.06 16.5 50 7 36 162 72 9 120 100 60 8.6 M1020 20.5 26 

12 90 25.5 60 15 9 14 12 40 80 M828 26 500 44 900 1 730 

532 488 

2 780 2 560 



below. 






LWFH 60 C2 R800 

T1 P /U 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 






Model code 

LWFH 





High : H 

Precision : P 



Under seals 

262 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

263

Linear Way F : Flange type 


LWFF 

W2 

L4 

L1 

W4 

W3 

W3 

2M1 

L3 

4M1 

4d1 

2d1 

d4 

L2 

H 

H5 

H1 

H2 

H3 

W6 

N 

W5 

W 

H4 

h 

E 

d3 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 


Mass (Ref.) 


kg kg/m 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 d1 M1 H2 H3 H5 W H4 W5 W6 d3 d4 h E F 


track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

LWFF33 

 

0.14 2.41 17 2.5 13.5 60 26.5 3.5 53.5 26 35.3 56 3.3 M4 6 

3.2 3.7 33 10 18 7.5 4.6 8 6 20 40 M410 5860 8930 152 

50.8 50.8 

300 300 

LWFF37 

 

0.23 3.05 21 3 15.5 68 30 4 62 29 40 66 4.4 M5 8 

4 4.5 37 11.5 22 7.5 4.6 8 6 25 50 M412 8780 12700 244 

83.0 83.0 

498 498 

LWFF42 

 

0.49 4.30 27 3 19 80 35 5 75 40 52.2 86 5.3 M6 10 

6 7 42 14 24 9 4.6 8 6 30 60 M416 13700 20100 440 

171 171 

937 937 

LWFF69 

 

1.40 9.51 35 4 25.5 120 53.5 6.5 109 60 79.5 119 7 M8 14 

8 8 69 19.5 40 14.5 7 11 9 40 80 M622 29 700 45 700 1 620 

603 506 

3 050 2 550 



below. 






LWFF 37 C2 R800 T1 P /U 


CC0 

T0 TX TY 

Model code 

LWFF 









High : H 

Precision : P 



Under seals 

264 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

265

Linear Way F : Block type 


LWFS 

LWFSSL (Stainless steel made) 

2M1depth 

L4 

L1 

W2 

W2 

L3 

4M1depth 

4M1depth 

W4 

W3 

4M1depth 

W4 

W3 

W3 

d4 

L2 

H1 

H 

H 

H4 

h 

H3 

H3 

W6 

W5 

H1 

W6 

W5 

d3 

N 

W 

N 

W 

E 

F 

E 

LWFS 33(SL) 

LWFS 37(SL) 

LWFS 42SL 

L 1 

Model number 


Mass (Ref.) 

Slide unit 

kg 

Track rail 

kg/m 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1depth H3 W H4 W5 W6 d3 d4 h E F 


track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

LWFS33 

LWFS33SL 

 

 

0.13 2.41 17 2.5 8.5 50 29 10.5 53.5 15 35.3 56 M45 

3.2 33 10 18 7.5 4.6 8 6 20 40 M410 5 860 8 930 152 

50.8 50.8 

300 300 

LWFS37 

LWFS37SL 

 

 

0.20 3.05 21 3 8.5 54 31 11.5 62 19 40 66 M56 

4 37 11.5 22 7.5 4.6 8 6 25 50 M412 8 780 12 700 244 

83.0 83.0 

498 498 

LWFS42SL 

 

0.40 4.30 27 3 10 62 23 8 75 32 52.2 86 M66 

6 42 14 24 9 4.6 8 6 30 60 M416 13 700 20 100 440 

171 171 

937 937 



below. 




For stainless steel type Linear Way F, stainless steel bolts are appended. 



LWFS 37 C2 R800 SL T1 P /U 


CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 





Model code 

LWFS 





High : H 

Precision : P 



Under seals 

Material 



266 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

267

U.S. PATENTED 


LWU 

Linear Way U is a linear motion rolling guide featuring a track rail with a U-shaped cross section. 

Raceways are provided on the inside surface of the track rail, and a slide unit mounted inside the 

track rail travels along the raceways. 

The U-shaped track rail has much higher rigidity as compared with the track rail with a rectangular 

cross section, especially under moment and torsion. Therefore, in addition to the conventional way of 

fastening a track rail on a mounting base, it can be used by itself as a structural member of machines 

and equipment, in a cantilever position or being supported at both ends. 

U-shaped track rail 

Rigidity of track rail under moment and torsion is very 

much increased by adopting the U-shaped design. The 

track rails can, therefore, be mounted on machines and 

equipment as structural members, either in a cantilever 

position or supported at both ends, so they can be 

combined and assembled freely. 

High precision and rigidity 

Large diameter steel balls in the slide unit are arranged 

in two rows, and makes contact with the raceways at 

four points. Stable high precision and rigidity are thus 

obtained even under fluctuating loads with changing 

direction and magnitude or complex loads. 


The slide unit of ball retained type incorporates ball 

retaining bands, which prevent steel balls from dropping 

when the slide unit is separated from the track rail. So 

handling is easy. 

Additional work on track rail is possible 

Additional work can be made on track rails of standard 

type, so that drive mechanisms and other peripheral 

devices can be fixed directly to the track rails. 

(*Note that additional work cannot be made near the 

raceways of track rail. For details, consult for further 

information.) 

U.S. PATENT No. 6,309,107 

No. 6,176,617 

No. 6,082,899 

No. 5,967,667 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Casing 


Steel ball 

Upper seal 1 

End plate 

End seal 

Grease nipple 

Structure of Linear Way U Ball Retained Type 

Note( 1 ) : The miniature type with 

upper seals is a special 

specification product. 

268

Linear Way U series 

Shape 

Model 

Miniature type 

LWULB 


Standard type 

LWUB 

LWU 

Remark : Models with "B" are ball retained type. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

269


The specification of Linear Way U is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a model code, a 

size, a part code, a preload symbol, a classification symbol and any supplemental codes. For details of 

each specification, see page 74. 

Assembled set 

LWU 50 C2 R640 B T1 H /Q 

1 

Series 

2 Structure 

Model 

code 

3 


Size 

4 

5 



Part 

code 

6 



7 



8 



270

1 

Series 

Miniature typeLWUL 

Standard typeLWU 

2 

Structure 


 

Ball non-retained typeNo symbol 

For available slide unit models and 

sizes, see Table 1. 

3 


Table 1 Models and sizes of Linear Way U 

Model 

Miniature type 

Standard type 



Size 

25 

30 

40 

50 

60 

86 

100 

130 


LWULB 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LWUB 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LWU 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 


 

C 


track rail. 

5 


 

R 



page 274. 


Standard 

Light preload 

No symbol 

T1 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

271

7 

Ordinary No symbol 

Accuracy class For details of accuracy, see page 77. 

High H 

8 



When several special specifications are required, see 

Table 3. For details of special specifications, see 

page 83. 



Specified rail mounting hole positions 1 

Black chrome surface treatment 2 

Capillary plates 3 

Upper seals 1 


Supplemental 

code 

E 

L 

Q 

U 

W 

Dimension 

See Table 4. 

See Table 5. 

Note( 1 ) : Applicable to size 25 and 30 models. 

( 2 ) : Only "LR" is applicable to size 25 and 30 models. 

( 3 ) : Not applicable to size 25 and 30 models. 


L 

Q 

U 

W 

 

 

 

 

E L Q U 

Remark : When several special specifications are required, arrange 

the supplemental codes alphabetically. 


L4 

L1 


Model number 

LWU040B 

LWU050B 

LWU060B 

LWU086B 

LWU100 

LWU130 

L1 

67 

82 

95 

142 

166 

190 

unit : mm 

L4 

68 

83 

102 

148 

172 

196 

Remark : The above table shows representative model numbers but 

is applicable to all models of the same size. 

272

Table 5 Slide unit with upper seals (Supplemental code /U) 

N 

W2 

A 

B 

Model number 

LWUL025B 

LWUL030B 

N 

21.4 

25.9 

unit : mm 

W2 

18 

22 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

273


Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Table 6. 

For miniature type, track rails in any length are also available. Simply indicate the necessary length of track 

rail in mm in the identification number. For the tolerances of E dimension and track rail length, consult 





For standard type, when requiring track rails in any length other than the standard length, consult for 

further information. 

For ball non-retained type track rails longer than the maximum length shown in Table 6, butt-jointing 

track rails are available upon request. When requiring, consult for further information. 



E 

F 

L 

E 

Item 


E 

Model number 



LWUL 25B LWUL 30B LWU 40B 

LWU 40 

1053 

1404 

1755 

2106 

2457 

2808 

35 

17.5 

4.5 

22 

420 

840 

100 

50 

1 000 

1203 

1604 

2005 

2406 

2807 

3208 

40 

20 

4.5 

24.5 

480 

960 

100 

50 

1 200 

1803 

2404 

3005 

3606 

4207 

4808 

60 

30 

 

 

720 

150 

75 

1 500 

LWU 50B 

LWU 50 

2403 

3204 

4005 

4806 

5607 

6408 

Model number LWU 60B LWU 86B 

Item LWU 60 

LWU 86 

LWU 100 LWU 130 


E 


of E 



incl. 

under 

3003 

4004 

5005 

6006 

7007 

8008 

3003 

4004 

5005 

6006 

7007 

8008 

4503 

6004 

7505 

9006 

1 0507 

1 2008 

80 

40 

 

 

800 

4503 

6004 

7505 

9006 

1 0507 

1 2008 

150 

75 

1 500 

Note( 1 ) : Track rails with the maximum lengths shown in parentheses can also be manufactured. Consult for further information. 

Remark : M8 female threads for hanging bolt are provided on the track rail of size 100 model. And M10 female threads for hanging bolt are 

provided on the track rail of size 130 model. 

unit : mm 

274



model number. 



LWU040B 

M 308 

LWU050B M 410 

LWU060B M 512 

LWU086B M 616 

LWU100 M0820 

LWU130 M1025 



2 : Hexagon socket head bolts of strength division 12.9 of JIS B 1176 

are recommended. 

Moment of inertia of sectional area 

Table 8 shows the moment of inertia of sectional area of track rails. 

Table 8 Moment of inertia of sectional area of track rails 

Y axis 

e 

X axis 

Model number 

LWUL025B 

LWUL030B 

LWU040B 

LWU040 

LWU050B 

LWU050 

LWU060B 

LWU060 

LWU086B 

LWU086 

LWU100 

LWU130 

Moment of inertia of sectional area 

!X !Y 

3.710 2 7.510 3 

9.310 2 1.710 4 

6.810 

1.010 4 

4 

6.910 4 

2.810 4 1.710 5 

6.310 4 3.910 5 

2.410 5 1.610 6 

5.910 5 3.310 6 

1.410 6 8.810 6 

Center of gravity 

e 

 

2.6 

3.3 

6.6 

8.7 

10.7 

10.8 

14.6 

18.8 

23.0 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

275



Miniature typeLWULB 

Standard typeLWU B 

2M1depth 

W4 

W2 

N 

Oil hole 

4M1depth 

W4 

N 

W2 

W3 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

H 

H 

H4 

H5 

h 

H3 

H3 

W5 

W6 

W5 

W6 

d3 

W 

W 

E F E 

LWULB 

LWUB 

L 1 

Model number 

Mass (Ref.) 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 


mm 


track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



LWUL25…B 

Slide unit 

kg 

0.013 

Track rail 

kg/m 

0.87 

H N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1depth H3 

9 

19.4 

14 

 

7 

31 

12 

22 

 

M3 5 

2.9 

W H4 H5 W5 W6 d3 d4 h E F 

24.9 

6.7 

3.2 

9 

8 

2.9 

4.8 

1.6 

17.5 

35 


Cross recessed head 

screw for precision 

equipment M2.56 

C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

1 580 

2 940 

21.0 

10.4 

55.7 

8.7 

46.7 

LWUL30…B 

0.029 

1.39 

12 

23.9 

18 

 

9 

38 

14 

28.6 

 

M4 7 

3.75 

29.9 

8.7 

4.5 

12 

9 

2.9 

5 

2.7 

20 

40 

Hexagon socket 

head bolt 

M2.56 

2 010 

3 960 

36.2 

17.5 

90.7 

14.7 

76.1 

LWU 40…B 

0.12 

2.65 

24 

33 

26 

18 

4 

55 

18 

31.5 

59 

M3 5 

10.5 

40 

19 

5 

18 

11 

3.4 

6.5 

3.1 

30 

60 

Not appended 

7 570 

10 100 

139 

54.9 

364 

54.9 

364 

LWU 50…B 

0.27 

4.06 

30 

42 

34 

25 

4.5 

70 

25 

42.8 

73 

M4 6 

13.5 

50 

25 

6 

25 

12.5 

4.5 

8 

4.1 

40 

80 

Not appended 

12 000 

16 400 

291 

118 

738 

118 

738 

LWU 60…B 

0.40 

6.66 

35 

49 

38 

28 

5 

83 

28 

52.4 

90 

M5 8 

14.5 

60 

30 

8 

28 

16 

5.5 

9.5 

5.4 

50 

100 

Not appended 

16 600 

22 400 

441 

187 

1 190 

187 

1 190 

LWU 86…B 

1.32 

14.1 

48 

71 

56 

46 

5 

130 

46 

93 

136 

M612 

25.5 

86 

42 

13 

46 

20 

7 

11 

7 

50 

100 

Not appended 

35 900 

53 400 

1 520 

792 

4 270 

792 

4 270 



below. 


Remark 1 : For grease nipple and oil hole specifications, see page 92. 

2 : The appended track rail mounting bolts are hexagon socket head bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent, or cross-recessed head screws for 


For stainless steel type Linear Way U, stainless steel bolts or screws are appended. 


LWU 50 C2 R640 B T1 H /Q 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWULB 

LWULB 












High : H 

276 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

277



Standard typeLWU 

4M1depth 

W4 

N 

W2 

W3 

H3 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

H 

H4 

H5 

h 

W5 

W6 

d3 

W 

E 

F 

E 

L 1 

Model number 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide unit 

kg 

Track rail 

kg/m 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1depth H3 W 


mm 

H4 H5 W5 W6 d3 d4 h E F 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

LWU40 

0.12 2.66 24 33 26 18 4 55 18 31.5 59 M 3 5 10.5 40 

19 5 18 11 3.4 6.5 3.1 30 60 7 570 10 100 139 

54.9 54.9 

364 364 

LWU 50 

0.27 4.08 30 42 34 25 4.5 70 25 42.8 73 M 4 6 13.5 50 

25 6 25 12.5 4.5 8 4.1 40 80 12 000 16 400 291 

118 118 

738 738 

LWU 60 

0.40 6.69 35 49 38 28 5 83 28 52.4 90 M 5 8 14.5 60 

30 8 28 16 5.5 9.5 5.4 50 100 16 600 22 400 441 

187 187 

1 190 1 190 

LWU 86 

1.32 14.1 48 71 56 46 5 130 46 93 136 M 612 25.5 86 

42 13 46 20 7 11 7 50 100 35 900 53 400 1 520 

792 792 

4 270 4 270 

LWU100 

2.20 21.5 58 82 65 50 7.5 154 50 111 158 M 815 29 99.5 

52 17 50 24.5 9 14 9 75 150 47 100 71 000 2 310 

1 250 1 250 

6 700 6 700 

LWU130 

4.49 33.0 72 109 88 70 9 178 70 132 182 M1020 35.5 130 

65 20 70 30 11 17.5 10.6 75 150 60 200 92 100 4 070 

1 900 1 900 

9 980 9 980 



below. 


Remark : For grease nipple specifications, see page 92. 


LWU 50 C2 R640 T1 H /Q 

CC5 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LWU 












High : H 

278 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

279

U.S. PATENTED 


Linear Roller Way Super X is a high performance roller type linear motion rolling guide, featuring 

high reliability, high rigidity, high accuracy, and smooth motion. Four rows of cylindrical rollers are 

incorporated in a highly rigid casing with good balance, and the cylindrical rollers in each row are 

arranged in parallel to each other. Owing to its small elastic deformation, stable operation is ensured 

even under heavy or fluctuating loads. This series is also suitable for applications with vibration and 

shocks. Various models and sizes are available to meet requirements in each application. 


Linear Roller Way Super X includes interchangeable 

specification products. The dimensions of slide units 

and track rails of this specification are individually 

controlled, so that the slide units and track rails can be 

combined, added or exchanged freely. 


Three types of slide units, the short slide unit, the 

standard slide unit and the high rigidity long slide unit 

with the same sectional dimensions are available for 

selection suitable for each application. 


Slide units are available in two different sectional 

shapes: the flange type for mounting from both upper 

and lower sides and the block type with a narrow width. 

Dimensional interchangeability with the ball type 

The mounting dimensions are the same as those of ball 

type Linear Way H. So this guide can replace the ball 

type with little modifications of machines or equipment. 



resistance, and is best suited for machines and 


medical equipment and semi-conductor manufacturing 

equipment. 

U.S. PATENT No. 6,176,617 

No. 5,967,667 

No. 5,800,064 

No. 5,193,914 

No. 4,505,522 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Grease nipple 

Casing 


Under seal 

Retaining plate 

End plate 

End seal 

Structure of Linear Roller Way Super X 

280

Linear Roller Way Super X series 

Shape 


Model 

Short 

LRXC 1 


the upper/lower side 

Standard 

LRX 1 


Super X 




Short 

Standard 

LRXG 1 

LRXDC 

LRXDCSL 

LRXD 

LRXDSL 


LRXDG 

LRXDGSL 

Note( 1 ) : LRXC 20, LRX 20, and LRXG 20 can be mounted from the upper side only. For mounting from the lower side, LRXHC 20, LRXH 20 

and LRXHG20 can be used, which have the same dimensions as those of the above models. 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

281


The specification of Linear Roller Way Super X is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a 

model code, a size, a part code, a material symbol, a preload symbol, a classification symbol, an 

interchangeable code and any supplemental codes. For details of each specification, see page 72. 


Slide unit 

LRX 

C 35 C1 

T2 P S1 /Z 

Track rail ( 1 ) 

LRX 35 R640 P S1 

/F 

Assembled set 

LRX 

C 35 C1 R640 

T2 

P 

S1 

/FZ 


Assembled set 

LRX 

C 35 C1 R640 T2 P /FZ 

1 

Series 


Model 

code 

3 


Size 

4 

5 



Part code 

6 Material 


7 



8 



9 



10 



Note( 1 ) : For the model code of a single track rail of interchangeable specification, indicate "LRX" regardless of the slide unit type to be combined. 

282

1 Series 

Flange type mounted from the upper/lower side : LRX 

Block type mounted from the upper side : LRXD 


Short 

Standard 


: C 

: No symbol 

: G 

For available slide unit models, materials 

and sizes, see Tables 1.1 and 1.2. 



Assembled set 

Slide unit 

: C 

: C1 





Assembled set 

Track rail 

: R 

: R 



page 296. 

6 Material 



: No symbol 

: SL 

For available material types, see Tables 1.1 and 1.2. 

Table 1.1 Models and sizes of Linear Roller Way Super X flange type 

Size 

Model 

12 

15 

20 1 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

85 

100 

Short 

LRXC 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Standard 

LRX 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LRXG 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : LRXC20, LRX20 and LRXG20 can be mounted from the upper side only. 

For mounting from the lower side, LRXHC20, LRXH20 and LRXHG20 can 

be used, which have the same dimensions as those of the above models. 

Remark : The mark indicates that interchangeable specification products are 

available. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

283

Table 1.2 Models and sizes of Linear Roller Way Super X block type 

Size 

12 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

Model High carbon steel made Stainless steel made 

Short 

LRXDC 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard 

LRXD 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LRXDG 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short 

LRXDCSL 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard 

LRXDSL 

Remark :The mark indicates that interchangeable specification products are available. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LRXDGSL 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Standard 

Light preload 


Heavy preload 

: No symbol 

: T1 

: T2 

: T3 


slide unit. 

For applicable preload amount, see Table 2. For 

details of preload amount, see page 82. 


Size 

12 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

85 

100 

Standard 

(No symbol) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Light preload 

T1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


T2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remark :The mark indicates that it is also applicable to interchangeable 


Heavy preload 

T3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

284


High 

Precision 


Ultra precision 

H 

P 

SP 

UP 

For applicable accuracy, see Table 3. In case of 

interchangeable specification products, assemble 

slide units and track rails of the same class. For 

details of accuracy, see page 77. 


Size 

12 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

45 

55 

65 

85 

100 

High 

H 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accuracy(Symbol) 

Precision 

P 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


SP 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remark :The mark indicates that it is also applicable to interchangeable 


Ultra precision 

UP 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




S1 

S2 


products. Assemble track rails and slide units with 




10Special specification 


When several special specifications are combined, 


see page 83. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

285







Changed pitch of slide unit middle mounting holes 

Half pitch of track rail mounting holes 





No end seal 

Rail cover plate for track rail 






Scrapers 

Supplemental 

code 

A 

D 

E 

F 

GE 

HP 

 

J 

L 

LF 

N 

PS 

Q 

T 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

Assembled set Track rail 

Slide unit Dimension 

 

 

 

 

1 2 3 

4 

 

2 4 5 

3 4 

3 4 

6 

7 

4 

8 

 

3 4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 2 

 

 

2 5 

 

 

6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Table 6. 

See Tables 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4. 

See Table 8. 

See Tables 9.1 and 9.2. 

See Table 10. 

Note( 1 ) : Applicable to flange types (LRX, LRXG, LRXH, LRXHG). 

( 2 ) : Not applicable to size 12 models. 





( 7 ) : Applicable to size 35, 45 and 55 models. 



286


D 

E 

F 

GE 

HP 

 

J 

L 

LF 

N 

PS 

Q 

T 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

A D E F GE HP J L LF N PS Q T V W Y 

 

 



3 : For combinations marked , consult for further information. 


Table 6 Pitch of slide unit middle mounting holes (Supplemental code /GE) 

unit : mm 

L2 

L6 

Model number 

LRXG15 

LRXG20 1 

LRXG25 

LRXG30 

LRXG35 

LRXG45 

LRXG55 

LRXG65 

LRXG100 

L2 

Note( 1 ) : Also applicable to LRXH(G)20 models that are mounted from the 

lower side. 

L6 

30 26 

40 35 

45 40 

52 44 

62 52 

80 60 

95 70 

110 82 

200 150 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

287


Size : 15, 20, 25, 30 

L1 

a1 

D 

b1 

B 

b2 

2M1depth 

H3 

a3 a4 

2M2depth 


AM3 

 

6 

Model number 

LRXC 15 

LRX 15 

LRXG 15 

LRXC 20 3 

LRX 20 3 

LRXG 20 3 

LRXC 25 

LRX 25 

LRXG 25 

LRXC 30 

LRX 30 

LRXG 30 


unit : mm 

a1 b1 b2 M1depth L1 2 H3 a3 a4 M2depth 

67 

10.5 10.5 26 83 1 4 8 M36 

99 

81 

12 13.5 36 101 2 5 10 

M36 

121 

89 

15.5 15 40 113 4 6 12 M48 

128 

100 

18.5 20 50 128 4.8 7 14 

149 

Note( 1 ) : The specification and mounting position of grease nipple are different from those of the standard specification product. The grease nipple of the 

size 30 models is A-M4. For grease nipple specifications, see page 92. 


( 3 ) : Also applicable to LRXHC 20, LRXH 20 and LRXHG 20 that are mounted from the lower side. 

Remark : For the size 15 and 20 models, the dimension indicated by an asterisk () is higher than the H dimension of Linear Roller Way Super X. For details, 

consult for further information. 

288


Size : 35, 45, 55, 65, 85 

b3 

b4 

b1 

b2 

4M1depth 

L1 

a4 

a2 a1 

D 

B 

a3 

2M2depth 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LRXC 35 

LRX 35 

LRXG 35 

LRXC 45 

LRX 45 

LRXG 45 

LRXC 55 

LRX 55 

LRXG 55 

LRXC 65 

LRX 65 

LRXG 65 

LRX 85 

LRXG 85 


a1 a2 b1 b2 b3 b4 M1depth L1( 1 ) a3 a4 M2depth 

99 

6 16 30 40 20 60 M3 6 131 8 16 M4 8 

159 

123 

7 21 35 50 23 74 163 19 

M4 8 

203 

145 

10 M510 

7 27 40 60 26 88 193 24 

247 

192 

8.7 37 47.5 75 31 108 M510 256 14 28 

320 M612 

15 45 62.5 90 37.5 140 M610 

334 

406 

14.5 38 

Note( 1 ) : The values for a slide unit with female threads for bellows at both ends are shown. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

289


Size : 15, 20, 25, 30 

L1 

b1 

b2 


6 

a1 

2M1depth 

D 

B 

a3 a4 

H3 

2M2depth 

AM3 

Model number 

LRXDC 15 

LRXD 15 

LRXDG 15 

LRXDC 20 

LRXD 20 

LRXDG 20 

LRXDC 25 

LRXD 25 

LRXDG 25 

LRXDC 30 

LRXD 30 

LRXDG 30 

unit : mm 


a1 b1 b2 M1depth L1 2 H3 a3 a4 M2depth 

67 

14.5 4 26 83 5 4 8 M36 

99 

81 

16 4 36 101 6 5 10 

M36 

121 

89 

19.5 4 40 113 8 6 12 M48 

128 

100 

21.5 5 50 128 7.8 7 14 

149 

Note( 1 ) : The specification and mounting position of grease nipple are different from those of the standard specification product. The grease 

nipple of the size 30 models is A-M4. For grease nipple specifications, see page 92. 



290


Size : 35, 45, 55, 65 

b3 

b4 

b1 

b2 

4M1depth 

L1 

a2 

a1 

D 

B 

a3 

a4 

2M2depth 

Model number 

LRXDC 35 

LRXD 35 

LRXDG 35 

LRXDC 45 

LRXD 45 

LRXDG 45 

LRXDC 55 

LRXD 55 

LRXDG 55 

LRXDC 65 

LRXD 65 

LRXDG 65 


unit : mm 

a1 a2 b1 b2 b3 b4 M1depth L1 1 a3 a4 M2depth 

99 

13 16 15 40 5 60 M3 6 131 8 16 M4 8 

159 

123 

17 21 18 50 6 74 163 19 

M4 8 

203 

145 

10 M510 

17 27 20 60 6 88 193 24 

247 

192 

8.7 37 25.5 75 9 108 M510 256 14 28 M612 

320 


1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

291

Table 8.1 Slide unit with capillary plates (Supplemental code /Q) 

Size : 12, 15, 20, 25, 30 


L4 

L1 


Model number 

LRXC12 

LRXC12 

LRXG12 

LRXC15 

LRX 15 

LRXG15 

LRXC20 

LRX 20 

LRXG20 

L1 

Model number 

LRXC25 

LRX 25 

LRXG25 

LRXC30 

LRX 30 

LRXG30 


L4 

47 50 

57 60 

68 71 

63 64 

79 80 

95 96 

76 85 

96 105 

116 125 

L1 

unit : mm 

L4 

85 94 

109 118 

124 133 

96 108 

124 136 

145 157 

Table 8.2 Slide unit with capillary plates (Supplemental code /Q) 

Size : 35, 45, 55, 65, 85 


L1 


Model number 

LRXC35 

LRX 35 

LRXG35 

LRXC45 

LRX 45 

LRXG45 

LRXC55 

LRX 55 

LRXG55 

L1 

103 

135 

163 

127 

167 

207 

149 

197 

251 

Model number 

LRXC65 

LRX 65 

LRXG65 

LRX 85 

LRXG85 

L1 

198 

262 

326 

341 

413 

unit : mm 


292

Table 9.1 Slide unit with double end seals (Supplemental code /V, /VV) 

Size : 12, 15, 20, 25, 30 

End seal 

L4 

L1 

End seal 

Model number 

LRXC12 

LRXC12 

LRXG12 

LRXC15 

LRX 15 

LRXG15 

LRXC20 

LRX 20 

LRXG20 

L1 

L4 

44 46 

54 57 

65 67 

58 60 

74 76 

90 92 

73 83 

93 103 

113 123 

Model number 

LRXC25 

LRX 25 

LRXG25 

LRXC30 

LRX 30 

LRXG30 



L1 

unit : mm 

L4 

83 92 

107 116 

122 131 

93 106 

121 134 

142 155 

Table 9.2 Slide unit with double end seals (Supplemental code /V, /VV) 

Size : 35, 45, 55, 65, 85, 100 

End seal 

L1 

End seal 

Model number 

LRXC 35 

LRX 35 

LRXG 35 

LRXC 45 

LRX 45 

LRXG 45 

LRXC 55 

LRX 55 

LRXG 55 

L1 

101 

133 

161 

127 

167 

207 

149 

197 

251 

Model number 

LRXC 65 

LRX 65 

LRXG 65 

LRX 85 

LRXG 85 

LRXG100 

unit : mm 

L1 

193 

257 

321 

338 

410 

376 



1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

293

Table 10.1 Slide unit with scrapers (Supplemental code /Z, / ZZ) 

Size : 12, 15, 20, 25, 30 

Scraper 

L4 

L1 

Scraper 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LRXC 12 

LRX 12 

LRXG 12 

LRXC 15 

LRX 15 

LRXG 15 

LRXC 20 

LRX 20 

LRXG 20 

L1 

45 

56 

66 

60 

76 

92 

75 

95 

115 

L4 

48 

58 

69 

61 

77 

93 

84 

104 

124 

Model number 

LRXC 25 

LRX 25 

LRXG 25 

LRXC 30 

LRX 30 

LRXG 30 

L1 

85 

109 

124 

96 

124 

145 

L4 

93 

117 

132 

107 

135 

156 



294

Table 10.2 Slide unit with scrapers (Supplemental code /Z, / ZZ) 

Size : 35, 45, 55, 65, 85, 100 

Scraper 

L1 

Scraper 

Model number 

LRXC35 

LRX35 

LRXG35 

LRXC45 

LRX45 

LRXG45 

LRXC55 

LRX55 

LRXG55 

L1 

103 

135 

163 

129 

169 

209 

151 

199 

253 

Model number 

LRXC 65 

LRX 65 

LRXG 65 

LRX 85 

LRXG 85 

LRXG100 

unit : mm 

194 

258 

322 

339 

411 

378 



L1 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

295


Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Tables 11.1 and 11.2. Track rails in any length 

are also available. Simply indicate the necessary length of track rail in mm in the identification number. 


For non-interchangeable track rails longer than the maximum length shown in Tables 11.1 and 11.2, 

butt-jointing track rails are available upon request. In this case, indicate "/A" in the identification 

number. 






E F E 

L 

Item 



E 


of E ( 1 ) 


Item 

Model number 



E 


of E ( 1 ) 


incl. 

under 

Model number 

incl. 

under 

80 2 

1604 

240 6 

3208 

40010 

48012 

56014 

64016 

72018 

40 

20 

5.5 

25.5 

1 480 

8408 

1 05010 

1 26012 

1 47014 

1 99519 

105 

52.5 

12.5 

65 

2 940 

3 990 

1803 

2404 

3606 

4808 

66011 

60 

30 

7 

37 

1 500 

1 980 

8407 

1 20010 

1 56013 

1 92016 

3 00025 

120 

60 

15 

75 

3 000 

3 960 

2404 

4808 

66011 

84014 

1 02017 

1 20020 

1 50025 

60 

30 

8 

38 

1 980 

3 000 

1 50010 

1 95013 

3 00020 

150 

75 

17 

92 

3 000 

3 900 

 

2404 

4808 

66011 

84014 

1 02017 

1 20020 

1 50025 

60 

30 

9 

39 

3 000 

1 6209 

1 98011 

2 34013 

2 70015 

180 

90 

23 

113 

2 880 3 

4806 

6408 

80010 

1 04013 

1 20015 

1 52019 

80 

40 

10 

50 

2 960 

4 000 

1 50010 

1 95013 

3 00020 

150 

75 

29 

104 

3 000 

unit : mm 

LRX12 LRX15 LRX20 LRX25 LRX30 LRX35 

LRX45 LRX55 LRX65 LRX85 LRXG100 

480 6 

6408 

80010 

1 04013 

1 20015 

1 52019 

80 

40 

10 

50 

2 960 

4 000 



( 3 ) : For half pitch of track rail mounting holes (supplemental code "/HP"), the maximum length is 2970. 


296


n(Number of mounting holes) 

E F E 

L 

Item 



E 


of E ( 1 ) 


Model number 

incl. 

under 

80 2 

160 4 

240 6 

320 8 

40010 

48012 

56014 

64016 

72018 

40 

20 

5.5 

25.5 

1 000 

1 480 

180 3 

240 4 

360 6 

480 8 

66011 

60 

30 

7 

37 

1 200 

1 980 

240 4 

480 8 

66011 

84014 

60 

30 

8 

38 

1 200 

1 980 

240 4 

480 8 

66011 

84014 

60 

30 

9 

39 

1 200 

1 980 

unit : mm 

LRXD12 … SL LRXD15 … SL LRXD20 … SL LRXD25 … SL LRXD30 … SL 

480 6 

640 8 

80010 

1 04013 

80 

40 

10 

50 

1 200 

2 000 




1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

297

Rigidity of Linear Roller Way Super X (Reference Values) 

Linear Roller Way Super X has the highest rigidity among all the Linear Way and Linear Roller Way series. 

Deflection due to elastic deformations at the contact area of the rolling element and in the structural 

members under external load is very small. 

Typical experimental data on the relations between the load and the deflection for various preload amounts 

and load directions are shown below as reference values. 

Downward load 

Upward load 

50 

50 

Deflection 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

Deflection 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

0 

0 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 

Load 

LRX 25 

50 

0 

0 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 

Load 

LRXG 25 

50 

Deflection 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

Deflection 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

0 

0 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 

LoadN 

Load 

LRX 30 LRXG 30 

0 

0 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 

298

50 

50 

Deflection 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

Deflection 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

0 

0 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 

Load 

LRX 35 

0 

0 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 

Load 

LRXG 35 

50 

50 

Deflection 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

Deflection 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

0 

0 

20 000 40 000 60 000 

Load 

LRX 45 

0 

0 

20 000 40 000 60 000 

Load 

LRXG 45 

60 

60 

Deflection 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

Deflection 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

0 

0 

20 000 40 000 60 000 

Load 

LRX 55 

0 

0 

20 000 40 000 60 000 

Load 

LRXG 55 

100 

100 

Deflection 

80 

60 

40 

20 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

Deflection 

80 

60 

40 

20 

T2 Upward 

T3 Upward 

T2 Downward 

T3 Downward 

0 

0 

50 000 100 000 150 000 

Load 

LRX 65 

0 

0 

50 000 100 000 150 000 

Load 

LRXG 65 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

299

Linear Roller Way Super X : Flange type 


LRXCLRXLRXG 

W4 

d1 

W2 

W3 

W4 

W2 

W3 W3 

d1 

5 

6 

3M1 

2M1LRXC12 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

6M1 

4M1LRX12LRXG12 

H 

H1 H2 

N 

W 

LRXC 12 

LRX 12 

LRXG 12 

H3 

H 

H2 

H1 

H5 

N 

W 

H3 

10 

LRXHC 20 

LRXH 20 

LRXHG 20 

Models mounted from the lower side only 1 

H4 

h 

E 

d3 

F 

LRXC 

LRXHC 20 

L 2 

E 

Model number 

LRXC 12 

LRX12 

LRXG 12 

LRXC 15 

LRX15 

LRXG 15 

LRXC 20 1 

LRX 

20 1 

LRXG 20 1 

LRXC 25 

LRX 25 

LRXG 25 

LRXC 30 

LRX 30 

LRXG 30 


 

 

 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

 

0.058 37 14.8 40 

0.092 0.92 19 3 14 40 32 4 47 25.3 50 3.4 M 4 6 

15 

0.13 58 35.8 61 

0.13 52 24 55 

0.67 3.59 36 6 23.5 70 28.5 6.5 98 60 107 7 M 8 10 

45 

0.84 113 75 122 

0.78 85 42.4 95 

1.20 5.01 42 6.5 31 90 36 9 113 70.4 123 8.5 M10 10 

52 

1.58 134 91.4 144 

CC0 

Track 

rail 

 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 d1 M1 H2 

T0 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 

TX 

 

 

TY 


mm 

0.20 1.65 24 4 16 47 19 4.5 68 40 71 4.4 M 5 7 

30 

0.28 84 56 87 

0.29 66 31.6 74 

1 1 

0.44 2.73 30 5 21.5 63 26.5 5 86 51.6 94 M 6 10 

40 

0.61 106 71.6 114 

0.44 74 36 83 

 

 

 

 

 

Note( 1 ) : LRXC20, LRX20 and LRXG20 can be mounted from the upper side only. For mounting from the lower side, LRXHC20, LRXH20 and LRXHG20 

which have the same dimensions as those of the above models can be used. 

( 2 ) : Track rail lengths are shown in Table 11.1 on page 296. 


below. 





4 : A grease nipple mounting thread hole is provided on the left and right end plates respectively. 


LRX 20 C2 R840 

Model code 

LRXC 

LRX 

LRXG 

Size of 

rolling guide 


mm 




Mounting bolt 


mm 

T1 P S1 /F 






Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


C C0 T0 TX TY 

H3 H5 W H4 d3 d4 h E F Bolt size length 

 

3 200 6 070 46.1 

16.3 16.3 

169 169 

3 

45.0 45.0 

12 12 3.5 6 4.5 20 40 M312 4 830 10 300 78.4 

342 342 

6 310 14 600 111 

88.2 88.2 

578 578 

6 320 11 900 112 

50.4 50.4 

454 454 

3.5 3 15 16.5 4.5 8 6 30 60 M416 9 410 19 900 187 

135 135 

938 938 

12 200 27 900 262 

261 261 

1 580 1 580 

13 300 26 300 339 

149 149 

1 250 1 250 

4 3.5 20 21 6 9.5 8.5 30 60 M520 19 200 42 500 548 

377 377 

2 510 2 510 

24 700 58 700 757 

710 710 

4 180 4 180 

17 600 33 600 497 

213 213 

1 800 1 800 

5 5 23 24.5 7 11 9 30 60 M625 26 200 56 000 829 

570 570 

3 780 3 780 

31 200 70 000 1 040 

881 881 

5 360 5 360 

23 800 44 400 804 

328 328 

2 730 2 730 

6.5 5.5 28 28 9 14 12 40 80 M828 35 400 74 100 1 340 

880 880 

5 750 5 750 

43 500 96 300 1 740 

1 470 1 470 

8 710 8 710 


High H 

Precision P 


Ultra precision UP 







300 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

301

Linear Roller Way Super X : Flange type 


LRXCLRXLRXG 

W4 

d1 

W3 

W2 

W3 

L5 

9M1 

L1 

L3 

L2 

L22 L22 

d4 

L5 

L1 

L3 

3M1 

L1 

L3 

L2 

L5 

6M1 

H 

H1 H2 

H6 

N 

W 

H5 

H3 

LRXG 085 

LRXG 100 

H4 

h 

E 

d3 

F 

LRXC 

E 

L 1 

Model number 

LRXC 35 

LRX 35 

LRXG 35 

LRXC 45 

LRX 45 

LRXG 45 

LRXC 55 

LRX 55 

LRXG 55 

LRXC 65 

LRX 65 

LRXG 65 

LRX 85 

LRXG 85 

LRXG 100 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

 

1.13 

1.76 

2.41 

2.11 

3.26 

4.60 

3.49 

5.42 

7.93 

7.18 

11.5 

16.0 

25.4 

32.7 

Track 

rail 

 

6.88 

10.8 

14.1 

22.6 

36.7 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L5 d1 M1 H2 H3 

48 

60 

70 

90 

110 

6.5 

8 

9 

12 

16 

33 

37.5 

43.5 

53.5 

65 

100 

120 

140 

170 

215 

43.0 43.2 120 15 75 250 110 15 362 200 262 29.7 17.8 M20 35 30 



below. 





4 : Three grease nipple mounting thread holes are provided on the left and right end plates respectively. 

41 

50 

58 

71 

92.5 

9 

10 

12 

14 

15 

92 

124 

152 

114 

154 

194 

136 

184 

238 

181 

245 

309 

323 

395 

 

62 

 

80 

 

95 

 

110 

140 

200 

46.6 

78.6 

106.6 

59 

99 

139 

72 

120 

174 

95 

159 

223 

232 

304 

12.5 

17.5 

20 

26.6 

27.5 

8.5 

10.5 

12.5 

14.5 

17.8 

M10 

M12 

M14 

M16 

M20 

13 

15 

17 

23 

35 

13 

16 

16 

18 

22 


mm 

H5 H6 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 


LRX 55 C2 R3000 

Mounting bolt 


mm 

C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

32 500 59 700 1 300 

7 34 32 9 14 12 40 80 M 835 48 200 99 600 2 160 

60 900 134 000 2 920 

52 600 95 200 2 650 

11 45 38 14 20 17 52.5 105 M1240 78 200 159 000 4 410 

101 000 222 000 6 180 

81 500 148 000 4 810 

14 53 43 16 23 20 60 120 M1445 121 000 246 000 8 010 

162 000 357 000 11 600 

143 000 248 000 9 740 

18.5 63 56 18 26 22 75 150 M1660 213 000 413 000 16 200 

25.5 20 85 67 26.5 39 30 90 180 M2470 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


276 000 578 000 22 700 

360 000 750 000 38 700 

444 000 981 000 50 600 

30.5 100 70 33 48 36 75 150 M3080 407 000 817 000 49 400 

Static moment rating 2 

 

504 504 

3 940 3 940 

1 350 1 350 

8 430 8 430 

2 430 2 430 

13 700 13 700 

1 000 1 000 

7 760 7 760 

2 690 2 690 

16 700 16 700 

5 200 5 200 

28 800 28 800 

1 870 1 870 

14 400 14 400 

5 020 5 020 

30 900 30 900 

10 400 10 400 

56 800 56 800 

4 180 4 180 

32 000 32 000 

11 200 11 200 

69 000 69 000 

21 700 21 700 

119 000 119 000 

29 400 29 400 

162 000 162 000 

49 800 49 800 

256 000 256 000 

35 600 35 600 

198 000 198 000 

T2 P S1 /F 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LRXC 

LRX 

LRXG 

Size of 

rolling guide 










High H 

Precision P 








302 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

303

Linear Roller Way Super X : Block type 


LRXDC 

LRXD 

LRXDG 

LRXDCSL (Stainless steel made) 

LRXD SL (Stainless steel made) 

LRXDGSL (Stainless steel made) 

W4 

W2 

W3 

H3 

W4 

W2 

W3 W3 

H3 

3M1depth 

2M1depth 

LRXDC12LRXDC12 … SL 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

6M1depth 

4M1depth 

LRXD12LRXD12 … SL 

LRXDG12LRXDG12 … SL 

H 

H1 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

N 

W 

LRXDC 12 

LRXD12 

LRXDG 12 

N 

W 

E 

d3 

F 

LRXDC … SL 

L 1 

E 

Model number 


Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

 

Track 

rail 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1depth H3 


mm 

W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

Mounting bolt 


mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


Static moment rating 2 

 

C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

LRXDC 12 

LRXDC 12 … SL 

 

 

0.045 37 14.8 40 

3 200 6 070 46.1 

16.3 16.3 

169 169 

LRXD 12 

LRXD 12 … SL 

LRXDG 12 

LRXDG 12 … SL 

 

 

 

 

0.072 0.92 20 3 7.5 27 15 6 47 25.3 50 M44.5 4 

15 

0.097 58 35.8 61 

12 12 3.5 6 4.5 20 40 M312 4 830 10 300 78.4 

6 310 14 600 111 

45.0 45.0 

342 342 

88.2 88.2 

578 578 

LRXDC 15 


 

 

0.13 52 24 55 

6 320 11 900 112 

50.4 50.4 

454 454 

LRXD 15 

LRXD 

LRXDG 15 

15 … SL 


 

 

 

 

0.19 1.65 28 4 9.5 34 13 4 68 40 71 M48 7.5 

0.26 84 56 87 



below. 




For stainless steel type Linear Roller Way Super X, stainless steel bolts are appended. 



CC0 

T0 TX TY 

26 

15 16.5 4.5 8 6 30 60 M416 9 410 19 900 187 


LRXD 15 C2 R660 

Model code 

LRXDC 

LRXD 

LRXDG 

Size of 

rolling guide 





SL 

Material 








12 200 27 900 262 

T1 P /F 


High H 

Precision P 



135 135 

938 938 

261 261 

1 580 1 580 






304 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

305



LRXDC 

LRXD 

LRXDG 

LRXDCSL (Stainless steel made) 

LRXD SL (Stainless steel made) 

LRXDGSL (Stainless steel made) 

W4 

W2 

W3 W3 

H3 

3M1depth 

d4 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

6M1depth 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

N 

W 

E 

d3 

F 

LRXDC … SL 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

LRXDC 20 


LRXD 20 


LRXDG 20 


LRXDC 25 


LRXD 25 


LRXDG 25 


LRXDC 30 


LRXD 30 


LRXDG 30 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

 

0.25 66 31.6 74 

0.38 2.73 34 5 12 44 16 6 86 36 51.6 94 M5 8 8 

0.52 106 50 71.6 114 

0.36 74 36 83 

0.55 3.59 40 6 12.5 48 17.5 6.5 98 35 60 107 M612 9 

0.68 113 50 75 122 

0.60 85 42.4 95 

0.92 5.01 45 6.5 16 60 20 10 113 40 70.4 123 M812 9.5 

1.18 134 60 91.4 144 

CC0 

Track 

rail 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 

H H1 N W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1depth H3 

T0 TX TY 


mm 

Note( 1 ): Track rail lengths are shown in Table 11.1 on page 296 and Table 11.2 on page 297. 


below. 




For stainless steel type Linear Roller Way Super X, stainless steel bolts are appended. 




LRXD 25 C2 R840 

Model code 

LRXDC 

LRXD 

LRXDG 


mm 

W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

Size of 

rolling guide 





Mounting bolt 


mm 

SL 

Material 



Basic dynamic 







Basic static 


C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

13 300 26 300 339 

20 21 6 9.5 8.5 30 60 M520 19 200 42 500 548 

24 700 58 700 757 

17 600 33 600 497 

23 24.5 7 11 9 30 60 M625 26 200 56 000 829 

31 200 70 000 1 040 

23 800 44 400 804 

28 28 9 14 12 40 80 M828 35 400 74 100 1 340 

43 500 96 300 1 740 

T1 P /F 


High H 

Precision P 



Static moment rating( 2 

) 

149 149 

1 250 1 250 

377 377 

2 510 2 510 

710 710 

4 180 4 180 

213 213 

1 800 1 800 

570 570 

3 780 3 780 

881 881 

5 360 5 360 

328 328 

2 730 2 730 

880 880 

5 750 5 750 

1 470 1 470 

8 710 8 710 






306 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

307



LRXDCLRXDLRXDG 

W1 

W2 

L5 

L1 

L3 

L1 

L3 

L5 

W4 

W3 W3 

3M1depth 

L2 

6M1depth 

d4 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

H3 

N 

W 

E 

d3 

F 

LRXDC 

E 

L 1 

Model number 

LRXDC 35 

LRXD 35 

LRXDG 35 

LRXDC 45 

LRXD 45 

LRXDG 45 

LRXDC 55 

LRXD 55 

LRXDG 55 

LRXDC 65 

LRXD 65 

LRXDG 65 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide 

unit 

 

Track 

rail 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

mm 


mm 

H H1 N W1 W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L5 M1depth H3 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 

0.97 92 46.6 

1.52 6.88 55 6.5 18 80 70 25 10 124 50 78.6 12.5 M 816 

2.02 152 72 106.6 

2.01 114 59 

3.13 10.8 70 8 20.5 98 86 30 13 154 60 99 17.5 M1020 

4.29 194 80 139 

3.17 136 72 

4.97 14.1 80 9 23.5 112 100 37.5 12.5 184 75 120 20 M1225 

7.06 238 95 174 

5.52 181 95 

8.70 22.6 90 12 31.5 136 126 38 25 245 70 159 26.6 M1625 

12.1 309 120 223 



below. 





4 : Three grease nipple mounting thread holes are provided on the left and right end plates respectively. 


mm 


C C0 T0 TX TY 

 

32 500 59 700 1 300 

20 34 32 9 14 12 40 80 M 835 48 200 99 600 2 160 

60 900 134 000 2 920 

52 600 95 200 2 650 

26 45 38 14 20 17 52.5 105 M1240 78 200 159 000 4 410 

101 000 222 000 6 180 

81 500 148 000 4 810 

26 53 43 16 23 20 60 120 M1445 121 000 246 000 8 010 

162 000 357 000 11 600 

143 000 248 000 9 740 

18 63 56 18 26 22 75 150 M1660 213 000 413 000 16 200 

276 000 578 000 22 700 


LRXD 55 C2 R3000 

Mounting bolt 


mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 


Static moment rating( 2 

) 

504 504 

3 940 3 940 

1 350 1 350 

8 430 8 430 

2 430 2 430 

13 700 13 700 

1 000 1 000 

7 760 7 760 

2 690 2 690 

16 700 16 700 

5 200 5 200 

28 800 28 800 

1 870 1 870 

14 400 14 400 

5 020 5 020 

30 900 30 900 

10 400 10 400 

56 800 56 800 

4 180 4 180 

32 000 32 000 

11 200 11 200 

69 000 69 000 

21 700 21 700 

119 000 119 000 

T2 P S1 /F 

CC0 

T0 TX TY 

Model code 

LRXDC 

LRXD 

LRXDG 

Size of 

rolling guide 










High H 

Precision P 








308 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

309


LRWXBLRWXH 

U.S. PATENTED 

Linear Roller Way X is a linear motion rolling guide which achieves smooth linear motion with 

high accuracy and rigidity. Four rows of cylindrical rollers are arranged in its casing with good 

balance, so elastic deformation is small and stable operation is ensured even under heavy or 

fluctuating loads. This product is suitable for applications with vibration and shocks. 

High rigidity and excellent vibration damping performance 

As a large number of parallel cylindrical rollers are 

arranged in a highly rigid casing with good balance, 

high rigidity as well as excellent vibration damping 

performance can be obtained. 

Block type and flange type 

Slide units are available in two different sectional 

shapes: the block type and the flange type for different 

mounting directions. 

U.S. PATENT No. 6,176,617 

No. 5,967,667 

No. 5,193,914 

No. 4,505,522 

Track rail 

Slide unit 

Grease nipple 

Casing 



Under seal 

End plate 

End seal 

Structure of Linear Roller Way X 

310

Linear Roller Way X series 

Shape 

Model 



LRWX … B 




LRWXH 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

311


The specification of Linear Roller Way X is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a model 

code, a size, a part code, a preload symbol, a classification symbol and any supplemental codes. For 

details of each specification, see page 74. 

Assembled set LRWX 35 C2 R660 B T2 SP /Z 

1 

Series 

Model code 

2 


Size 

3 

4 



Part code 

5 



6 



7 



312

1 

Series 

Block type mounted from the upper side LRWXB 

Flange type mounted from the lower sideLRWXH 

For available slide unit models and sizes, 

see Table 1. 

2 


Table 1 Models and sizes of Linear Roller Way X 

Model 

Block type 

Size LRWXB 

25 

35 

45 

55 

75 

 

 

 

 

 

Flange type 

LRWXH 

 

 

 

 

 

3 


C 


track rail. 

4 


R 



page 317. 

Standard 

No symbol 

5 



Medium preloadT2 



6 


High 

H 

Precision P 




7 




see Table 3. 

For details of special specifications, see page 83. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

313













Scrapers 


Supplemental 

code 

A 

D 

E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

Q 

W 

Y 

Z 

Block type Flange type Dimension 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Table 4. 

See Table 5. 

See Table 6. 


D 

E 

F 

! 

J 

L 

LF 

Q 

W 

Y 

Z 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A D E F ! J L LF Q W Y 



314

Table 4 Female threads for bellows (Supplemental code /JJ) 

b3 

b1 

b4 

b2 

4M1depth 

L1 

a2 

a3 a4 

a1 

D 

B 

2M2depth 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LRWX 25B 

LRWX 35B 

LRWXH 35 

LRWX 45B 

LRWXH 45 

LRWX 55B 

LRWXH 55 

LRWX 75B 

LRWXH 75 

a1 

05 

06 

08 

09 

10 

a2 

12 

16 

20 

24 

35 

b1 

15 

29 

31 

34 

38 

36 

43 

35 

42 

b2 

33 

42 

52 

68 

110 

Slide unit 

b3 b4 

7 49 

10 

80 

12 

12 

96 

16 

15 

110 

22 

15.5 

149 

22.5 

M1depth 

M306 

M306 

M408 

M510 

M510 

L1( 1 ) 

116 

166 

221 

282 

366 

a3 

7 

8 

10 

12 

15 

Track rail 

a4 M2depth 

12 M408 

16 M408 

19 M510 

23 M612 

30 M612 




L1 


unit : mm 

Model number 

LRWX 25B 

LRWX 35B 

LRWXH35 

LRWX 45B 

LRWXH 45 

L1 

120 

166 

218 

Model number 

LRWX 55B 

LRWXH 55 

LRWX 75B 

LRWXH 75 

L1 

275 

364 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

315

Table 6 Slide unit with scrapers (Supplemental code /ZZ) 

Scraper 

L1 

Scraper 

unit : mm 

Model number 

LRWX 25B 

LRWX 35B 

LRWXH 35 

LRWX 45B 

LRWXH 45 

L1 

120 

164 

217 

Model number 

LRWX 55B 

LRWXH 55 

LRWX 75B 

LRWXH 75 

Remark : The values for a slide unit with scrapers at both ends are shown. 

L1 

275 

361 

316


Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Table 7. Track rails in any length are also available. 

Simply indicate the necessary length of track rail in mm in the identification number. 


For track rails longer than the maximum length shown in Table 7, butt-jointing track rails are available 

upon request. In this case, indicate "/A" in the identification number. 

E dimensions at both ends are the same and are within the standard range of E unless otherwise specified. 

To change these dimensions, specify the specified rail mounting hole positions "/E" of special 

specification. For details, see page 85. 



Item 

Model number 

E F 

E 

L 

unit : mm 

LRWX25B LRWX35B LRWX45B LRWX55B LRWX75B 


1480 8 

166011 

184014 

102017 

120020 

150025 

1480 8 

166011 

184014 

102017 

120020 

150025 

180010 

104013 

120015 

152019 

192024 

1800 8 

100010 

120012 

150015 

200020 

300030 

1840 7 

120010 

156013 

192016 

300025 


E 


of E 1 

incl. 

under 


1060 

1030 

10 9 

1039 

1980 

3000 

1060 

1030 

1012 

1042 

3000 

3960 

1080 

1040 

1015 

1055 

2960 

4000 

0100 

1050 

1018 

1068 

3000 

4000 

0120 

1060 

1023 

1083 

3000 

3960 




1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

317

Linear Roller Way X : Block type 


LRWXB 

W1 

L1 

6M1depth 

W4 

W2 

W3 

W32 

8M1depth 

W1 

W2 

L5 

L3 

L2 

W4 

W3 

d4 

L6 

L6 

L6 

H 

H1 

H 

H1 

H4 

h 

H3 

H3 

N 

W 

N 

W 

d3 

LRWX 25 … B 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

Mass (Ref.) 


 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

 


mm 

H H1 N W1 W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 M1depth 


mm 



track rail 

mm 

 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 

Bolt size x length 

LRWX25 … B 

0.93 3.70 40 6 20 70 63 46 8.5 109 45 74.4 11 M 69 

11 23 26 7 11 9 30 60 M 628 31300 70000 1110 

881 881 

5 200 5 200 

LRWX35 … B 

2.65 6.66 48 6.5 32.5 104 100 70 15 154 75 108.4 12.8 25 M1012 

10 35 32 11 17.5 14 30 60 M1035 47600 90700 2140 

1 650 1 650 

9 400 9 400 

LRWX45 … B 

5.32 10.3 60 8 37.5 129 120 82 19 205 105 144 18.5 35 M1216 

14.5 45 39 14 20 16 40 80 M1240 89100 166000 4980 

4 010 4 010 

22 900 22 900 

LRWX55 … B 

9.09 15.3 70 9 42.5 146 140 95 22.5 262 135 189 24.5 45 M1218 

16 55 47 18 26 21 50 100 M1650 178000 329000 12100 

10 600 10 600 

57 600 57 600 

LRWX75 … B 

19.0 25.1 90 10 52.5 195 180 123 28.5 346 180 240 45 60 M1625 

20 75 57 26 39 30 60 120 M2460 284000 515000 25000 

20 800 20 800 

120 000 120 000 



below. 





LRWX 35 C2 R840 B T1 P / W2 

Size of 

rolling guide 

CCo 

To 

Tx 

TY 

Model code 

LRWXB 










High : H 

Precision : P 


Ultra precision : UP 


A group of two sets 

318 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

319

Linear Roller Way X : Flange type 


LRWXH 

W4 

W1 

W2 

W3 

W32 

d4 

L5 

L1 

L3 

L2 

L22 L22 

6d1 

2d1 

L6 

H4 

H1 

H 

h 

H2 

H5 

H3 

N 

W 

d3 

E 

F 

L 1 

E 

Model number 

Mass (Ref.) 


 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

 


mm 


mm 

H H1 N W1 W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 d1 H2 H3 H5 W H4 d3 d4 h E F 


track rail 

mm 




C C0 T0 TX TY 

Bolt size x length 

LRWXH35 

2.51 6.66 48 6.5 34.5 106 104 86 9 154 75 108.4 12.8 60 9 

12 10 7 35 32 11 17.5 14 30 60 M1035 47600 90700 2140 

1650 

9400 

1650 

9400 

LRWXH45 

5.18 10.3 60 8 41.5 133 128 108 10 205 105 144 18.5 80 11 

15 14.5 10 45 39 14 20 16 40 80 M1240 89100 166000 4980 

4010 

22900 

4010 

22900 

LRWXH55 

9.08 15.3 70 9 49.5 154 130 12 262 135 189 24.5 106 14 

18 16 10 55 47 18 26 21 50 100 M1650 178000 329000 12100 

10600 

57600 

10600 

57600 

LRWXH75 

19.7 25.1 90 10 59.5 202 194 164 15 346 180 240 45 134 18 

24 20 16 75 57 26 39 30 60 120 M2460 284000 515000 25000 

20800 

120000 

20800 

120000 



below. 





LRWXH 35 C2 R840 T1 P / W2 

CCo 

To 

Tx 

TY 

Model code 

LRWXH 

Size of 

rolling guide 










High : H 

Precision : P 


Ultra precision : UP 



320 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

321


LWLMLWMLRWM 

U.S. PATENTED 

Linear Way Module is a compact linear motion rolling guide for endless linear motion, and 

consists of a set of track rail and slide member which forms the smallest unit of linear motion 

mechanism. Various models are available for selection suitable for each application. In general, two 

sets are used in parallel. 

Compact 

The one row, four point contact design has achieved a 

compact product, which can be mounted in a very small 

space. It can be easily adapted to the structure of 

machines and equipment, providing a high degree of 

freedom in machine design. 

Low height 

As the sectional height is low, Linear Way Modules can 

be easily adapted to the structure of machines and 

equipment. 


As stainless steel components are used, Linear Way LM 

has excellent corrosion resistance and is most suitable 

for machines and equipment used in clean 

environments, for example, medical equipment, disk 

read devices, and semi-conductor manufacturing 

equipment. 


High rigidity cylindrical rollers are alternately crossed at 

right angles to each other. This product is suitable for 

applications with heavy loads and shock loads. 


Linear Way M is a standard type, incorporating steel 

balls as rolling elements. 

U.S. PATENT No. 4,505,522 

No. 4,688,950 

No. 4,504,097 

Track rail 

Track rail 

Slide member 

Bearing plate 

Steel ball 


End plate 

End seal 

Slide member 

Bearing plate 



End plate 

End seal 

Structure of Linear Way M 

Structure of Linear Roller Way M 

322

Linear Way Module series 

Shape 

Model 



LWLM 

LWM 



LRWM 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

323


The specification of Linear Way Module is indicated by the identification number, consisting of a model code, 

a size, a part code, a classification symbol and any supplemental codes. For details of each specification, 

see page 74. 

Assembled set LWM 3 M2 R660 SP / W2 

Series 1 

Model code 

Size 2 of rolling guide 

Size 

Number 3 of slide members 

Part code 

Length 4 of track rail 

Accuracy 5 class 


Special 6 specification 


324

1 Series 

Linear Way LM LWLM 

Linear Way M LWM 

Linear Roller Way MLRWM 

See the table of dimensions of each series. 


3 Number of slide members 

M 

Indicate the number of slide members assembled on 

one track rail. 


R 



page 326. 


High 

H 

Precision P 







see page 83. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

325











Supplemental 

code 

A 

E 

F 

 

LR 

LFR 

W 

Y 

Linear Way LM Linear Way M Linear Roller Way M 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


E 

F 

 

LR 

LFR 

W 

Y 

A E F I LR LFR W 




Standard and maximum lengths of track rails are shown in Table 3. Track rails in any length are also available. 

Simply indicate the necessary length of track rail in mm in the identification number. 


For track rails of Linear Way M or Linear Roller Way M longer than the maximum length shown in Table 

3, butt-jointing track rails are available upon request. In this case, indicate "/A" in the identification 

number. 




326



E 

F 

L 

E 

unit : mm 

Item 

LWLM7 LWLM9 LWLM11 

60(3) 100( 4) 160( 4) 


80(4) 150( 6) 240( 6) 

120(6) 200( 8) 320( 8) 

160(8) 275(11) 440(11) 


E 

20 

10 

25 

12.5 

40 

20 

Standard range incl. 4.5 

5 

5.5 

of E 

under 14.5 17.5 25.5 


240 

(500) 

350 

(900) 

520 

(1 000) 

Item 



E 


of E 


Item 



E 


of E 


Model number 

Model number 

incl. 

under 

Model number 

incl. 

under 

LWM1 LWM2 LWM3 LWM4 LWM5 LWM6 

240( 6) 

360( 9) 

480(12) 

40 

20 

7 

27 

1 240 

240(4) 

360(6) 

480(8) 

60 

30 

8 

38 

1 260 

480( 8) 

660(11) 

840(14) 

60 

30 

9 

39 

1 260 

800(10) 

1 040(13) 

1 200(15) 

80 

40 

10 

50 

1 520 

800( 8) 

1 200(12) 

1 500(15) 

100 

50 

12 

62 

1 500 

LRWM2 LRWM3 LRWM4 LRWM5 LRWM6 

480( 8) 

660(11) 

840(14) 

60 

30 

8 

38 

1 800 

480( 8) 

660(11) 

840(14) 

60 

30 

9 

39 

1 860 

800(10) 

1 040(13) 

1 200(15) 

80 

40 

10 

50 

1 920 

800( 8) 

1 200(12) 

1 500(15) 

100 

50 

12 

62 

1 600 

1 200(10) 

120 

60 

13 

73 

1 200 

1 200(10) 

1 920(16) 

2 520(21) 

120 

60 

13 

73 

2 520 

Note( 1 ) : Track rails with the maximum lengths shown in parentheses can also be manufactured for LWLM. Consult for further information. 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

327



LWLM (Stainless steel made) 

W 

L1 

W5 

W4 

2M1 

L3 

W6 

d4 

d1 

d5 (Diameter of 

oil hole) 

H 

H2 

H1 

W3 

W2 

d3 

h 

h1 

d2 

E 

F 

F1 

E 

L 1 

Model number 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide member Track rail 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

 

H 

W 

Dimensions of slide member 

mm 

H1 W2 W4 W6 L1 L3 F1 d1 d2 h1 M1 d5 


mm 

H2 W3 W5 d3 d4 h E F 


track rail 

mm 


Basic dynamic 


C 

Basic static 


C0 

 

LWLM 7 

10 210 7 15 

6.6 7.8 5 2.5 38 24 12 M2.6 1 

4.8 6.8 3.3 3 3 3 3 10 20 

M 2.6 8 3 1 530 2 090 

LWLM 9 

16 390 8.5 18 

8 8.6 5.5 2.2 45 29.2 15 M3 1.5 

6.6 9 3.5 3 5.5 3 12.5 25 

M 2.6 8 2 450 3 270 

LWLM11 

32 590 11 23 

10 11.8 7 3 52 32.8 15 2.55 5 3 M3 2 

8 10.8 5 3.5 6 4.5 20 40 

M 3 8 3 580 4 400 


( 2 ) : The directions of basic dynamic load rating (C) and basic static load rating (C0) are shown in the sketch below. 

( 3 ) : The track rail mounting holes of LWLM7 are not provided with a counter bore. When the appended track rail mounting bolts are used, the 

height from the bottom surface of the track rail to the bolt head is 7.4 mm. 

Remark 1 : The appended track rail mounting bolts are hexagon socket head stainless steel bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent. 

2 : Slide member mounting bolts are not appended. 


LWLM 9 M2 R200 P 

/ W2 

CC0 

Model code 

LWLM 

Size of 

rolling guide 

Number of slide members 

(Two slide members) 



High : H 

Precision : P 




328 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

329



LWM 

W5 

W 

W4 

W6 

d4 

M1 

d1 

L1 

L3 

1 

d5 (Diameter of oil hole) 

h 

d3 

H 

H2 

H1 

W3 

W2 

h1 

d2 

F1 

E 

F 

n1F1 

E 

L 1 

Model number 

Mass (Ref.) 


 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

 


mm 

H W H1 W2 W4 W6 L1 L3 n1F1 d1 d2 h1 


slide member 

mm 


mm 

M1 1 d5 Bolt size x length H2 W3 W5 d3 d4 h E F 


track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 



 

C 

Basic static 


C0 

LWM1 

0.07 1.20 14 28 13 14.6 9 4 65 41.2 213 3.4 6.5 3.1 

M 4 13 2 M314 13 13 5.5 4.5 8 4.5 20 40 M 414 4 720 6 410 

LWM2 

0.11 1.93 17 35 16 17 10 4 75 47.2 215 4.4 8 4.1 

M 5 15 3 M418 16 17 6 6 9.5 5.4 30 60 M 518 7 150 9 240 

LWM3 

0.17 2.71 19 41 18 20 12 5 95 58.8 314 5.4 9.5 5.2 

M 6 3 M520 18 20 7 7 11 6.5 30 60 M 620 13 700 16 600 

LWM4 

0.32 3.49 21 51 20 25 15 6 125 80.6 320 6.8 11 6.2 

M 8 3 M622 20 25 9 9 14 9 40 80 M 822 23 200 27 400 

LWM5 

0.56 5.25 25 63 24 30 18 8 145 94.8 420 6.8 11 6.2 

M 8 20 3 M628 24 31 12 11 17.5 11 50 100 M1025 35 300 41 000 

LWM6 

1.35 7.56 31 78 30 40 24 11 180 131 522 8.6 14 8.2 

M10 3 M835 30 36 14 14 20 13 60 120 M1235 74 100 80 900 



Remark : The appended slide member and track rail mounting bolts are hexagon socket head bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent. Example of identification number (For details, see "Identification number and specification".) 

LWM 3 M2 R660 P 

/ W2 

CC0 

Size of 

rolling guide 

Model code 

LWM 





High : H 

Precision : P 




330 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

331



LRWM 

W1 

W 

L1 

W5 

W4 

M1 

L3 

d5 (Diameter of oil hole) 

W6 

d4 

d1 

1 

H 

H2 

H1 

H3 

W3 

W2 

h1 

h 

d3 d2 F1 

E 

F 

n1F1 

E 

L 1 

Model number 

Mass (Ref.) 


 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

 


mm 


slide member 

mm 


mm 


track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 


H W W1 H1 H3 W2 W4 L1 L3 nF1 M1 d1 d2 h1 W6 1 d5 Bolt size x length H2 W3 W5 d3 d4 h E F Bolt size x length 

 

C 

Basic static 


C0 

LRWM2 

0.26 1.98 19 33 39.6 18 7.5 22.9 8 105 63 412 M 5 4.4 8 4.1 

4 10 3 M420 18 15 6 6 9.5 5.4 30 60 M 520 9 930 10 800 

LRWM3 

0.46 2.92 22 42 50.6 21 9 29.8 9 122 72 415 M 6 5.4 9.5 5.2 

5 13 3 M525 21 19 7 7 11 6.5 30 60 M 625 18 300 20 200 

LRWM4 

0.98 4.64 28 56 65.6 27 11 39.4 13 158 96 516 M 8 6.8 11 6.2 

6 3 M632 27 24 9 9 14 8.6 40 80 M 832 33 600 39 600 

LRWM5 

2.03 6.85 33 70 81.6 32 13 49.1 16 212 140 524 M10 8.6 14 8.2 

7 3 M835 32 30 12 11 17.5 10.8 50 100 M1035 56 900 75 100 

LRWM6 

3.42 9.25 38 83 96.6 37 15 58.6 21 256 168 625 M10 8.6 14 8.2 

8 28 3 M840 37 35 14 14 20 13 60 120 M1240 80 000 108 000 



Remark : The appended slide member and track rail mounting bolts are hexagon socket head bolts of JIS B 1176 or equivalent. Example of identification number (For details, see "Identification number and specification".) 

LRWM 3 M2 R660 P 

/ W2 

CC0 

Size of 

rolling guide 

Model code 

LRWM 





High : H 

Precision : P 




332 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

333


LRWH 

U.S. PATENTED 

Linear Roller Way H is a roller type linear motion rolling guide which achieves endless linear 

motion of the slide unit along the track rail. Two rows of cylindrical rollers are incorporated in the 

slide unit and the rollers in each row are alternately crossed at right angles to each other. 


The casing has a solid structure, and incorporates a 

large number of effective rollers with a long effective 

contact length. This product can be mounted from both 

upper and lower sides. 

Linear Roller Way H series 

Shape 

Model 


LRWH 

U.S. PATENT No. 4,746,228 

No. 4,692,036 

No. 4,688,950 

334




E 

F 

L 

E 

Model number 

Item 

LRWH25 LRWH35 LRWH45 LRWH55 LRWH65 

Standard length L(n) 


E 


480( 8) 

660(11) 

840(14) 

1 020(17) 

1 200(20) 

1 500(25) 

60 

30 

3 000 

480( 8) 

660(11) 

840(14) 

1 020(17) 

1 200(20) 

1 500(25) 

60 

30 

3 000 

800(10) 

1 040(13) 

1 200(15) 

1 520(19) 

1 920(24) 

80 

40 

2 960 

800( 8) 

1 000(10) 

1 200(12) 

1 500(15) 

2 000(20) 

3 000(30) 

100 

50 

3 000 

unit : mm 

840( 7) 

1 200(10) 

1 560(13) 

1 920(16) 

3 000(25) 

120 

60 

3 000 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

335


LRWH 

W1 

W2 

L5 

L1 

L3 

W4 

W3 

L2 

6M1depth 

d1 

d4 

L2/2 L2/2 

H1 

H 

H3 

H4 

h 

h1 

d2 

d3 

N 

W 

E F E 

L 1 

Model number 

Mass (Ref.) 

Slide unit 

 

Track rail 

 

Dimensions of 

assembly 

 


mm 

H H1 N W1 W2 W3 W4 L1 L2 L3 L5 d1 d2 h1 M1depth 


mm 



track rail 

mm 

Basic dynamic 


Basic static 



C C0 T0 TX TY 


 

LRWH25 

0.95 3.39 35 6 25 

80 70 40 15 124 60 85.5 14 6.8 11 9 M 816 

11 20 23 7 11 9 30 60 M 622 20 500 30 200 339 

490 464 

2 630 2 680 

LRWH35 

2.03 6.95 48 12 32 

102 92 56 18 162 86 114 19 8.6 14 12 M1020 

12 28 34 9 14 12 30 60 M 835 39 200 62 200 951 

1 340 1 270 

7 030 7 190 

LRWH45 

4.92 10.9 60 11 42 

137 122 76 23 214 120 152 23 10.5 17 17 M1224 

17 38 40 14 20 16 40 80 M1240 71 600 121 000 2 480 

3 490 3 300 

18 100 18 500 

LRWH55 

8.83 16.4 70 15 52 

167 152 96 28 264 150 190 29 12.5 21 27 M1428 

18 48 47 16 23 19 50 100 M1450 110 000 193 000 4 990 

6 960 6 590 

35 500 36 300 

LRWH65 

16.3 22.1 85 17 62 

195 180 110 35 316 180 228 36 15.7 24 32 M1836 

20 56 54 18 26 21 60 120 M1655 153 000 276 000 8 320 

11 900 11 300 

60 600 62 000 



below. 



2 : LRWH25 and LRWH35 are provided with an A-M6F grease nipple, while LRWH45, LRWH55 and LRWH65 are provided with an A-PT1/8 

grease nipple. 

Example of identification number 

LRWH 25 C2 R840 T1 P 

CC0 

T0 

TX 

TY 

Model code 

LRWH 

Size of 

rolling guide 










High : H 

Precision : P 


336 

1N=0.102kgf=0.2248lbs. 

1mm=0.03937inch 

337

Linear Way L

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?